summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--24446-0.txt1401
-rw-r--r--24446-0.zipbin0 -> 29016 bytes
-rw-r--r--24446-8.txt1400
-rw-r--r--24446-8.zipbin0 -> 28917 bytes
-rw-r--r--24446-h.zipbin0 -> 30889 bytes
-rw-r--r--24446-h/24446-h.htm1659
-rw-r--r--24446.txt1400
-rw-r--r--24446.zipbin0 -> 28899 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/24446-h.htm.2021-01-251658
12 files changed, 7534 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/24446-0.txt b/24446-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a05b3f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24446-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1401 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and,
+Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and, Poisonous Fish
+ 1901
+
+Author: Louis Becke
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2008 [EBook #24446]
+Last Updated: March 8, 2018
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+
+
+
+
+JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND MINER; and POISONOUS FISH
+
+By Louis Becke
+
+T. Fisher Unwin, 1901
+
+
+
+
+JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND MINER
+
+
+
+
+I
+
+“Am I to have no privacy at all?” demanded the Governor irritably as
+the orderly again tapped at the open door and announced another visitor.
+“Who is he and what does he want?”
+
+“Mr. John Corwell, your Excellency, master of the cutter _Ceres_, from
+the South Seas.”
+
+The Governor's brows relaxed somewhat. “Let him come in in ten minutes,
+Cleary, but tell him at the same time that I am very tired--too tired to
+listen unless he has something of importance to say.”
+
+The day had indeed been a most tiring one to the worthy Governor of the
+colony of New South Wales, just then struggling weakly in its infancy,
+and only emerging from the horrors of actual starvation, caused by the
+utter neglect of the Home authorities to send out further supplies of
+provisions. Prisoners of both sexes came in plenty, but brought nothing
+to eat with them; the military officers who should have helped him in
+his arduous labours were secretly plotting against him, and their
+spare time--and they had plenty--was devoted to writing letters home
+to highly-placed personages imploring them to induce the Government
+to break up the settlement and not “waste the health and lives of even
+these abandoned convicts in trying to found a colony in the most awful
+and hideous desert the eye of man had ever seen, a place which can never
+be useful to man and is accursed by God.” But the Governor took no heed.
+Mutiny and discontent he had fought in his silent, determined way as
+he fought grim famine, sparing himself nothing, toiling from dawn till
+dark, listening to complaints, remedying abuses, punishing with swift
+severity those who deserved it, and yet always preserving the same cold,
+unbending dignity of manner which covered a highly-sensitive and deeply
+sympathetic nature.
+
+But on this particular day, fatigue, the intense heat, which had
+prevailed, a violent quarrel between the intriguing major commanding
+the marines, and many other lesser worries, had been almost more than
+he could bear, so it may well be imagined that he was more inclined for
+rest than talk.
+
+Ten, twenty minutes, and then the thin, spare figure raised itself
+wearily from the rude sofa. He must see his visitor. He had promised to
+do so, and the sooner it was over the better. He called to the orderly.
+
+“Tell Mr.--Corwell you said?--to come in.”
+
+A heavy step sounded on the bare floor, and one ot the finest specimens
+of manhood Governor Arthur Phillip had ever seen in all his long naval
+career stood before him and saluted. There was something so pleasant and
+yet so manly in the handsome, cleanshaven and deeply-bronzed face, that
+the Governor was at once attracted to him.
+
+“Be seated, Mr. Corwell,” he said in his low, yet clear tones. “I am
+very tired, so you must not keep me long.”
+
+“Certainly not, your Excellency. But I thought, sir, that you would
+prefer to hear the report of my voyage personally. I have discovered a
+magnificent harbour north of the Solomon Islands, and----”
+
+“Ha! And so you came to me. Very sensible, very sensible of you. I am
+obliged to you, sir. Tell me all about it.”
+
+“Certainly, your Excellency; but I regret I have intruded on you this
+evening. Perhaps, sir, you will permit me to call again to-morrow?”
+
+“No, no, not at all,” was the energetic reply. I am always ready to hear
+anything of this nature.
+
+“I knew that, sir, for the masters of the _Breckenbridge_ and another
+transport told me that you were most anxious to learn of any discoveries
+in the Pacific Islands.”
+
+“Very true, sir. I am looking forward to hear from them and from the
+masters of other transports which I am inducing to follow the whale
+fishery on their return voyage to England _via_ Batavia. But so far I
+have heard nothing from any one of them.”
+
+Encouraged and pleased at the Governor's manner, the master of the
+_Ceres_ at once produced a roughly executed plan and a detailed written
+description of the harbour, which, he asserted with confidence, was one
+of the finest in that part of the Pacific. A broad, deep stream of water
+ran from the lofty range of mountains which traversed the island north
+and south and fell into a spacious bay, on the shores of which was a
+large and populous native village, whose inhabitants had treated Cornell
+and the few men of his ship's company with considerable kindness,
+furnishing them not only with wood and water, but an ample supply of
+fresh provisions as well.
+
+During the two weeks that the _Ceres_ lay at anchor, Corwell and two or
+three of his hands unhesitatingly trusted themselves among the natives,
+who escorted them inland and around the coast. Everywhere was evidence
+of the extraordinary fertility of the island, which, in the vicinity
+of the seashore, was highly cultivated, each family's plantation being
+enclosed by stone fences, while their houses were strongly built and
+neatly constructed. The broad belt of the slopes of the mountains were
+covered with magnificent timber, which Corwell believed to be teak,
+equal in quality to any he had seen in the East Indies, and which he
+said could be easily brought down to the seashore for shipment owing to
+there being several other large streams beside the one on whose banks
+the principal village was built.
+
+The Governor was much interested, and complimented the young seaman on
+the manner in which he had written out his description of the place and
+his observations on the character and customs of the inhabitants.
+
+“Such information as you have given me, Mr. Corwell, is always valuable,
+and I give you my best thanks. I wish I could do more; and had I the
+means, men, and money to spare I should send a vessel there and to other
+islands in the vicinity to make further examination, for I believe
+that from those islands to the northward we can obtain invaluable food
+supplies in the future. The winds are more favourable for making a quick
+voyage there and back than they are to those groups to the eastward;
+but,” and here he sighed, “our condition is such that I fear it will be
+many years ere His Majesty will consent to such an undertaking. But much
+may be done at private cost--perhaps in the near future.”
+
+The young man remained silent for a moment or two; then with some
+hesitation he said, as he took a small paper packet from his coat pocket
+and handed it to the Governor, “Will your Excellency look at this and
+tell me what it is. I--I imagine it is pure gold, sir.”
+
+“Gold, gold!” and something like a frown contracted the Governor's pale
+brows; “ever since the settlement was formed I've been pestered with
+tales of gold, and a pretty expense it has run me into sending parties
+out to search for it. Why, only six months ago a rascally prisoner
+gulled one of my officers into letting him lead an expedition into the
+bush--the fellow had filed down a brass bolt--” he looked up and caught
+sight of the dark flush which had suddenly suffused his visitor's
+face--“but I do not for a moment imagine you are playing upon my
+credulity, Mr. Corwell.”
+
+He untied the string and opened the packet, and in an instant an
+exclamation of astonishment and pleasure escaped as he saw that the
+folds of paper held quite three ounces of bright and flaky water-worn
+gold.
+
+“This certainly _is_ gold, sir. May I ask where you obtained it?”
+
+“I made the voyage to Sydney Cove to tell your Excellency of two
+discoveries--one was of the fine harbour, the other was of this gold,
+which my wife (who is a native of Ternate) and myself ourselves washed
+out of the bed of a small stream; the natives helped us, but attached
+not the slightest value to our discovery. In fact, sir, they assured us
+as well as they could that much more was to be had in every river on the
+island.”
+
+“Your wife was it, then, or yourself, who first recognised what it was?”
+
+“She did, sir. She has seen much of it in the hands of the Bugis and
+Arab traders in her native country.”
+
+The Governor moved his slender forefinger to and fro amid the shining,
+heavy particles, then he pondered deeply for some minutes.
+
+“Tell me frankly, Mr. Corwell--why did you make a long voyage to this
+settlement to tell _me_ of your discovery?”
+
+“In the hope, sir, that you would advise and perhaps assist me. My crew
+are Malays and Chinese and would have murdered me if they knew what I
+knew. Will your Excellency tell me the proper course to pursue so that I
+may be protected in my discovery? I am a poor man, though my ship is my
+own, but she is old and leaky and must undergo heavy repairs before she
+leaves Sydney Cove again; my present crew I wish to replace by half a
+dozen respectable Englishmen, and----”
+
+The Governor shook his head. “I will do all I can to help you, but I
+cannot provide you with men. The island which you have visited may
+have been discovered and taken possession of by France, two of whose
+exploring ships were in these seas a few years ago, and even if that is
+not the case I could not take possession of them for His Majesty, as I
+have no commissioned officer to spare to undertake such a duty. Yet, if
+such an officer were available, Mr. Corwell, I would be strongly tempted
+to send him with you, hoist the British flag, and then urge the Home
+Government to confirm my action and secure to you the right, subject
+to the King's royalties, to work these gold deposits. But I am
+powerless--much as I wish to aid you.”
+
+A look of disappointment clouded the young captain's handsome features.
+
+“Would your Excellency permit me to endeavour to find three or four
+seamen myself? There is a transport ready to sail for England, and I may
+be able to get some men from her.”
+
+“I doubt it. Unless you revealed the object of your voyage--which would
+be exceedingly foolish of you--you could not induce them to make a
+voyage in such a small vessel as yours to islands inhabited mostly
+by ferocious savages. But this much I can and will do for you. I will
+direct Captain Hunter of the _Sirius_, the only King's ship I have here,
+to set his carpenters to work on your vessel as soon as ever you careen
+her; I will supply you at my own private cost with arms and ammunition
+and a new suit of sails. Provisions I cannot give you--God knows we
+want them badly enough ourselves, although we are not now in such a bad
+plight as we were ten months ago. Yet for all that I may be able to get
+you a cask or two of beef.”
+
+“That is most generous of you, sir. I will not, however, take the beef,
+your Excellency. But for the sails and the repairs to my poor little
+vessel I thank you, sir, most heartily and sincerely. And I pledge you
+my word of honour, as well as giving you my written bond, that I will
+redeem my obligations to you.”
+
+“And if you fail I shall be content, for I well know that it will be no
+fault of yours. But stay, Mr. Corwell; I must have one condition.”
+
+“Name it, sir.”
+
+“You too must pledge me your honour that you will not reveal the secret
+of your discovery of gold to any one in the settlement. This I do not
+demand--I ask it as a favour.”
+
+Then the Governor took him, guardedly enough, into his confidence. With
+a thousand convicts, most of them utter ruffians, guarded by a scanty
+force or marines, the news of gold having been found would, he was
+sure, have a disastrous effect, and lead to open revolt. The few small
+merchant ships which were in port were partly manned by convict
+seamen, and there was every likelihood of them being seized by gangs of
+desperate criminals, fired with the idea of reaching the golden island.
+Already a party of convicts had escaped with the mad idea of walking to
+China, which they believed was only separated from Australia by a
+large river which existed a few hundred miles to the northward of the
+settlement. Some of them died of thirst, others were slaughtered by the
+blacks, and the wounded and exhausted survivors were glad to make their
+way back again to their gaolers.
+
+Cornell listened intently, and gave his promise readily. Then he rose to
+go, and the Governor held out his hand.
+
+“Good evening, Mr. Cornell. I must see you again before you sail.”
+
+
+
+
+II
+
+One evening, three weeks later--so vigorously had the carpenter's mates
+from the old frigate _Sirius_ got through their work--the _Ceres_ was
+ready for sea. She was to sail on the following morning, and Corwell,
+having just returned from the shore, where he had been to say goodbye
+to the kind-hearted Governor, was pacing the deck with his wife, his
+smiling face and eager tones showing that he was well pleased.
+
+He had reason to be pleased, for unusual luck had attended him. Not
+only had his ship been thoroughly and efficiently repaired, but he had
+replaced six of his untrustworthy Malays by four good, sturdy British
+seamen, one of whom he had appointed mate. These men had arrived at
+Sydney Cove in a transport a few days after his interview with the
+Governor; the transport had been condemned, and Corwell, much to his
+delight, found that out of her crew of thirty, four were willing to come
+with him on what he cautiously described as a “voyage of venture to the
+South Seas.” All of them had served in the navy, and the captain of the
+transport and his officers gave them excellent characters for sobriety
+and seamanship. Out of the sixty or seventy pounds which still remained
+to him he had given them a substantial advance, and the cheerful manner
+in which they turned to and helped the carpenters from the frigate
+convinced him that he had secured decent, reliable men, to whom he
+thought he could reveal the real object of his voyage later on.
+
+*****
+
+Two years before Cornell had been mate of a “country” ship employed
+in trading between Calcutta and the Moluccas. The Ternate agent of the
+owners of the ship was an Englishman named Leighton, a widower with one
+daughter, whose mother had died when the girl was fifteen. With this
+man the young officer struck up a friendship, and before six months had
+passed he was the acknowledged suitor of Mary Leighton, with whom he
+had fallen in love at first sight, and who quickly responded to his
+affection. She was then twenty-two years of age, tall and fair,
+with dark hazel eyes, like her English mother, and possessed of such
+indomitable spirit and courage that her father often laughingly declared
+it was she, and not he, who really managed the business which he
+controlled.
+
+And she really did much to help him; she knew his weak, vacillating, and
+speculative nature would long since have left them penniless had he
+not yielded to her advice and protests on many occasions, Generous
+and extravagantly hospitable, he spent his money lavishly, and had
+squandered two or three fortunes in wild business ventures in the Indian
+Seas instead of saving one. Latterly, however, he had been more careful,
+and when Corwell had made his acquaintance he had two vessels--a
+barque and a brig--both of which were very profitably engaged in the
+Manila-China trade, and he was now sanguine or mending his broken
+fortunes.
+
+Isolated as were father and daughter from the advantages of constant
+intercourse with European society, the duty of educating the girl was
+a task of love to her remaining parent, who, before he entered “John
+Company's” service, had travelled much in Europe. Yet, devoted as he was
+to her, and looking forward with some dread to the coming loneliness of
+life which would be his when she married, he cheerfully gave his consent
+to her union with John Cornell, for whom he had conceived a strong
+liking, and who, he knew, would make her a good husband.
+
+They were married at Batavia, to which port they were accompanied by Mr.
+Leighton, who, during the voyage, had pressed Corwell to leave his then
+employment and join him in a venture which had occupied his mind for the
+past year. This was to despatch either the barque or brig, laden with
+trade goods, to the Society Islands in the South Pacific, to barter for
+coconut oil and pearl shell.
+
+Leighton was certain that there was a fortune awaiting the man who
+entered upon the venture, and his arguments so convinced the young man
+that he consented.
+
+On arrival at Batavia they found there the officers and crew of a
+shipwrecked English vessel, and one of the former eagerly took Corwell's
+place as chief mate, his captain offering no objection. A few weeks
+after Mr. Leighton hired the _Ceres_ to take himself, his daughter, and
+her husband back to Ternate, eager to begin the work of fitting out one
+of his vessels for the voyage that was to bring them fortune. He, it was
+arranged, was to remain at Ternate, Mary was to sail with her husband to
+the South Seas.
+
+But a terrible shock awaited them. As the _Ceres_ sailed up to her
+anchorage before Mr. Leighton's house, his Chinese clerk came on board
+with the news that the barque had foundered in a typhoon, and the brig
+had been plundered and burnt by pirates within a few miles of Canton.
+The unfortunate man gave one last appealing look at his daughter and
+then fell on the deck at her feet He never spoke again, and died in a
+few hours. When his affairs came to be settled up, it was found that,
+after paying his debts, there was less than four hundred pounds left--a
+sum little more than that which Corwell had managed to save out of his
+own wages.
+
+“Never mind, Jack,” said Mary. “'Tis little enough, but yet 'tis enough.
+And, Jack, let us go away from here. I should not care now to meet any
+of the people father knew in his prosperity.”
+
+Cornell kissed his wife, and then they at once discussed the future.
+Half an hour later he had bought the _Ceres_ from her captain (who was
+also the owner), paid him his money and taken possession. Before the
+week was out he had bought all the trade goods he could afford to pay
+for, shipped a crew of Malays and Chinese, and, with Mary by his side,
+watched Ternate sink astern as the _Ceres_ began her long voyage to the
+South Seas.
+
+After a three weeks' voyage along the northern and eastern shores of New
+Guinea the _Ceres_ came to an anchor in the harbour which Cornell had
+described to the Governor. The rest of his story, up to the time of his
+arrival in Sydney Cove, the reader knows. *****
+
+Steadily northward under cloudless skies the high-pooped, bluff-bowed
+little vessel had sailed, favoured by leading winds nearly all the way,
+for four-and-twenty days, when, on the morning of the twenty-fifth,
+Corwell, who had been up aloft scanning the blue loom of a lofty island
+which lay right ahead, descended to the deck with a smiling face.
+
+“That is not only the island itself, Mary, but with this breeze we have
+a clear run for the big village in the bay; I can see the spur on the
+southern side quite clearly.”
+
+“I'm so glad, Jack, dear. And how you have worried and fumed for the
+past three days!”
+
+“I feared we had got too far to the westward, my girl,” he said. Then
+telling the mate to keep away a couple of points, he went below to pore
+over the plan of the harbour, a copy of which had been taken by the
+Governor, As he studied it his wife's fingers passed lovingly through
+and through his curly locks. He looked up, put his arm around her waist,
+and swung her to a seat on his knees.
+
+“I think, Mary, I can tell the men now.”
+
+“I'm sure you can! The sooner you take them into your confidence the
+better.”
+
+Corwell nodded. During the voyage he had watched the mate and three
+white seamen keenly, and was thoroughly satisfied with them. The
+remainder of the crew--three Manila men and two Penang Malays--did their
+duty well enough, but both he and his wife knew from long experience
+that such people were not to be trusted when their avarice was aroused.
+He resolved, therefore, to rely entirely upon his white crew and the
+natives of the island to help him in obtaining the gold. Yet, as he
+could not possibly keep the operations a secret from the five men
+he distrusted, he decided, as a safeguard against their possible and
+dangerous ill-will, to promise them double wages from the day he found
+that gold was to be obtained in payable quantities. As for the mate and
+three other white men, they should have one-fifth of all the gold won
+between them, he keeping the remaining four-fifths for himself and wife.
+
+He put his head up the companion-way and called to the man whom he had
+appointed mate.
+
+“Come below, Mallett, and bring Totten, Harris, and Sam with you.”
+
+Wondering what was the matter the four men came into the cabin. As soon
+as they were standing together at the head of the little table, the
+captain's wife went quietly on deck to see that none of the coloured
+crew came aft to listen.
+
+“Now, men,” said Corwell, “I have something important to tell you. I
+believe I can trust you.”
+
+Then in as few words as possible he told them the object of the
+voyage and his intentions towards them. At first they seemed somewhat
+incredulous, but when they were shown some of the gold their doubts
+vanished, and they one and all swore to be honest and true to him and to
+obey him faithfully whether afloat or ashore, in fair or evil fortune.
+
+From his scanty store of liquor the captain took a bottle of rum, and
+they drank to their future success; then Corwell shook each man's hand
+and sent him on deck.
+
+Just before dusk the _Ceres_ ran in and dropped her clumsy,
+wooden-stocked anchor in the crystal-clear water, a few cables' length
+away from the village. As the natives recognised her a chorus of
+welcoming shouts and cries pealed from the shore from five hundred
+dusky-hued throats.
+
+
+
+
+III
+
+A blazing, tropic sun shone in mid-heaven upon the motionless waters of
+the deep, land-locked bay in which the Ceres lay, with top-mast struck
+and awnings spread fore and aft. A quarter of a mile away was the beach,
+girdled with its thick belt of coco-palms whose fronds hung limp and hot
+in the windless air as if gasping for breath. Here and there, among
+the long line of white, lime-washed canoes, drawn up on the sand,
+snowy white and blue cranes stalked to and fro seeking for the small
+thin-shelled soldier crabs burrowing under the loose _débris_ of leaves
+and fallen palm-branches to escape the heat.
+
+A few yards back from the level of high-water mark clustered the houses
+of the native village, built on both sides of the bright, fast-flowing
+stream which here, as it debouched into the sea, was wide and shallow,
+showing a bottom composed of rounded black stones alternating with rocky
+bars. Along the grassless banks, worn smooth by the constant tread of
+naked feet, grew tall many-hued crotons, planted and carefully tended
+by their native owners, and shielded from the rays of the sun by the
+ever-present coco-palms. From either side of the bank, looking westward
+towards the forest, there was a clear stretch of water half a mile in
+length, then the river was hidden from view, for in its course from the
+mountains through the heavily-jungled littoral it took many bends and
+twists, sometimes running swiftly over rocky, gravelly beds, sometimes
+flowing noiselessly through deep, muddy-bottomed pools and dank, steamy
+swamps, the haunt of the silent, dreaded alligator.
+
+At the head of the straight stretch of water of which I have spoken
+there was on the left-hand bank of the river an open grassy sward,
+surrounded by clumps of areca and coco-palms, and in the centre stood
+a large house, built by native hands, but showing by various external
+signs that it was tenanted by people other than the wild inhabitants of
+the island. Just in front of the house, and surrounded by a number of
+canoes, the boat belonging to the _Ceres_ was moored to the bank,
+and under a long open-sided, palm-thatched shed, were a number of
+brown-skinned naked savages, some lying sleeping, others squatting on
+their hams, energetically chewing betel nut.
+
+As they talked and chewed and spat out the scarlet juice through their
+hideous red lips and coaly black teeth, a canoe, paddled by two natives
+and steered by Mallet, the mate of the _Ceres_, came up the river. The
+instant it was seen a chorus of yells arose from the natives in the long
+hut, and Mary Corwell came to the open doorway of the house and looked
+out.
+
+“Wake up, wake up, Jack!” she cried, turning her face inwards over her
+graceful shoulder, “here is Mallet.”
+
+Her voice awoke her husband, who in an instant sprang from his couch and
+joined her, just as Mallet--a short, square-built man of fifty--stepped
+out of the canoe and walked briskly towards them, wiping his broad,
+honest face with a blue cotton handkerchief.
+
+“Come inside, Mallet. 'Tis a bit cooler in here. I'm sorry I sent you
+down to the ship on such a day as this.”
+
+Mallet laughed good-naturedly. “I didn't mind it, sir, though 'tis a
+powerful hot day, and the natives are all lying asleep in their huts;
+they can't understand why us works as we do in the sun. Lord, sir! How
+I should like to see old Kingsdown and Walmer Castle to-day, all a-white
+with snow. I was born at Deal.”
+
+Mary Cornell brought the old seaman a young coconut to drink, and her
+husband added a little rum; Mallet tossed it off and then sat down.
+
+“Well, sir, the ship is all right, and those chaps aboard seem content
+enough. But I'm afeared that the worms are a-getting into her although
+she is moored right abreast of the river. So I took it on me to tell
+Totten and Harris to stay aboard whilst I came back to ask you if it
+wouldn't be best for us to bring her right in to the fresh water, and
+moor her here, right abreast o' the house. That'll kill any worms as
+has got into her timbers. And we can tow her in the day after to-morrow,
+when there will be a big tide.”
+
+“You did quite right, Mallet. Very likely the worms have got into her
+timbers in spite of her being abreast of the river's mouth. I should
+have thought of this before.”
+
+“Ah, Jack,” said his wife, with a smile, “we have thought too much of
+our gold-getting and too little of the poor old _Ceres_.”
+
+“Well, I shall think more of her now, Mary. And as the rains will be
+on us in a few days--so the natives say--and we can do no more work for
+three months, I think it will be as well for us to sail the _Ceres_ over
+to that chain of lagoon islands about thirty miles from here. I fear to
+remain here during the wet season, on account of the fever.”
+
+After further discussion it was decided that Jack and Mallet, with some
+natives, should make an early start in the morning for their mining
+camp, six miles away, at the foot of the range, and do a long, last
+day's work, returning to the house on the following day. Meanwhile a
+message was to be sent to Harris and Totten to bring the vessel into the
+creek as soon as the tide served, which would be in forty-eight hours.
+Then, whilst she lay for a week in the fresh water, so as to kill the
+suspected _teredo navalis_ worms, which Mallet feared had attacked her,
+she was to be made ready for the short voyage of thirty miles over to a
+cluster of islands enclosing a spacious lagoon, where Corwell intended
+to beach her till the rainy season was over, when he would return to
+work a very promising stream in another locality. Already he and his
+men, aided by the natives, had, in the four months that had passed since
+they arrived, won nearly five hundred ounces of gold, crude as were
+their appliances.
+
+“Jack,” said his wife, “I think that, as you will be away all day and
+night, to-morrow I shall go on board and see what I can do. I'll make
+the men turn to and give the cabin a thorough overhauling. Marawa, the
+chiefs wife, has given me a lot of sleeping-mats, and I shall throw
+those old horrible flock mattresses overboard, and we shall have nice
+clean mats instead to lie on.”
+
+* * * * *
+
+At daylight Mallet aroused the natives who were to accompany him and the
+captain, and then told off two of them to make the boat ready for Mrs.
+Corwell. Then he returned to the house and called out--
+
+“The boat is ready, sir.”
+
+“So am I, Mallet,” replied Mary, tying on her old-fashioned sun-hood.
+Then she turned to her husband. “Jack, darling, this will be the very
+first time in our married life that I have ever slept away from you, and
+it shall be the last, too. But I _do_ want to surprise you when you see
+our cabin again.”
+
+She put her lips up to him and kissed him half a dozen times. “There,
+that's a good-night and good morning three times over. Now I'm ready.”
+
+Corwell and Mallet walked down to the boat with her and saw her get in.
+She kissed her hand to them and in a few minutes was out of sight.
+
+
+
+
+IV
+
+A light, cool breeze, which had set in at daylight, was blowing when
+Mary Corwell boarded the _Ceres_. Totten and Harris met her at the
+gangway, caps in hand. Poor Sam, their former shipmate, had died of
+fever a month before. They were delighted to hear that she intended to
+remain on board, and Harris at once told Miguel, the scoundrelly-faced
+Manila cook, to get breakfast ready.
+
+“And you must have your breakfast with me,” said Mary, “and after that
+you must obey _my_ orders. I am to be captain to-day.”
+
+* * * * *
+
+As she and the two seamen sat aft under the awning, at their breakfast,
+Selak, the leading Malay, and his fellows squatted on the fore-hatch and
+talked in whispers.
+
+“I tell thee,” said Selak, “that I have seen it. On the evening of the
+day when the man Sam died and was buried, I was sitting outside the
+house. It was dark, and the Tuan Korwal thought I had returned to the
+ship. I crept near and listened. They were speaking of what should be
+done with the dead man's share of the gold. Then I looked through the
+cave side of the house, and--dost remember that white basin of thine,
+Miguel?”
+
+The Manila man nodded.
+
+“The white woman, at a sign from her husband, went into the inner room
+and brought it out and placed it on the table. It was full to the brim
+with gold! and there was more in a bag!”
+
+His listeners drew nearer to him, their dark eyes gleaming with avarice.
+
+“Then the Tuan said, 'None of Sam's gold will I or my wife touch. Let it
+be divided among you three. It is but fair.'
+
+“They talked again, and then Mallet said to the Tuan, 'Captain, it shall
+be as you wish. But let it all go together till the time comes for thee
+to give us our share.'
+
+“I watched the white woman take the basin and the bag, put them into
+a box, and place the box in a hole in the ground in her sleeping-room.
+Then I came away, for my heart was on fire with the wrong that hath been
+done to us.”
+
+He rose to his feet and peered round the corner of the galley. Mary and
+the two seamen were eating very leisurely.
+
+“Three of them are here now and will sleep aboard to-night. God hath
+given them into our hands!”
+
+“And what of the other two?--they are strong men,” asked a wizen,
+monkey-faced Malay, nicknamed Nakoda (the captain).
+
+“Bah! What is a giant if he sleeps and a kriss is swept across his
+throat, or a spear is thrust into his back from behind? They, too, shall
+die as quickly as these who sit near us. Now listen. But sit thou out on
+the deck, Miguel, so that thou canst warn us if either of those accursed
+dogs approach.”
+
+The cook obeyed him silently.
+
+“_This_ it is to be. To-night these three here shall die in their sleep,
+silently and without a sound. Then we, all but thou, Nakoda, shall take
+the boat and go to the house. Both the Tuan and Mallet sleep heavily,
+and”--he drew his hand swiftly across his tawny throat.
+
+“And then?” queried Nakoda.
+
+“And then the gold--the gold, or our share of which we have been
+robbed--is ours, and the ship is ours, and I, Selak, will guide ye all
+to Dobbo in the Aru Islands, where we shall be safe, and become great
+men.”
+
+“But,” muttered another man, “what if these black sons of Shaitan here
+of the Island turn upon us after we have slain the white men?”
+
+Selak laughed scornfully. “The sound of a gun terrifies them. They are
+cowards, and will not seek to interfere with us.”
+
+*****
+
+Night had fallen. The two white seamen, tired out with their day's work,
+had spread their mats on the poop, and were sound in slumber. Below in
+the cabin, the captain's wife lay reading by the light of a lamp; and
+Selak, standing in the waist, could see its faint reflection shining
+through the cabin door, which opened on to the main deck. Sitting on
+the fore-deck, with their hands clutching their knives, his companions
+watched him.
+
+At last the light was lowered, and Mary closed her eyes and slept.
+
+The Malay waited patiently. One by one the remaining native fires on the
+shore went out; and, presently, a chill gust of air swept down from the
+mountains, and looking shoreward he saw that the sky to the eastward
+was quickly darkening and hiding the stars--a heavy downpour of rain was
+near.
+
+He drew his kriss from its tortoiseshell sheath and felt the edge, made
+a gesture to the crouching tigers for'ard, and then stepped lightly
+along the deck to the open cabin door; the other four crept after him,
+then stopped and waited--for less than a minute.
+
+A faint, choking cry came from the cabin, and then Selak came out, his
+kriss streaming with blood.
+
+“It is done,” he whispered, and pointing to the poop he sprang up.
+
+“Hi, there! what's the matter?” cried Totten, who had heard the feint
+cry; and then, too late, he drew his pistol from his belt and fired--as
+Selak's kriss plunged into his chest. Poor Harris was slaughtered ere he
+had opened his eyes.
+
+Spurning Totten's body with his naked foot, Selak cursed it. “Accursed
+Christian dog! Would I could bring thee to life so that I might kill
+thee again!” Then, as he heard the rushing hum of the coming rain
+squall, and saw that the shore was hidden from view, as if a solid wall
+of white stone had suddenly arisen between it and the ship, he grinned.
+
+“Bah! what does it matter? Had it been a cannon instead of a pistol it
+could scarce have been heard on the shore in such a din.”
+
+Ordering the bodies of the two seamen to be thrown overboard, Selak, the
+most courageous, entered the cabin, took a couple of muskets from the
+rack, and some powder and ball from the mate's berth, and returning to
+his followers, bade them bring the boat alongside.
+
+“Throw the woman after them,” he cried to Nakoda, as the boat pushed off
+into the darkness, just as the hissing rain began. “We shall return ere
+it is dawn.”
+
+Nakoda would have sprung over the side after the boat, but he feared the
+sharks even more than Selak's kriss; so running for'ard, he crept into
+his bunk and lay there, too terrified to move.
+
+* * * * *
+
+Mallet and Corwell, with the natives, worked hard till near sunset, and
+then ceased.
+
+“There's nearly five ounces in that lot, Mallet,” said the captain,
+pointing to two buckets of wash-dirt. “Let us have a bathe, and then get
+something to eat before it is too dark.”
+
+“The natives say we ought to get back to the house, sir, instead of
+sleeping here tonight. They say a heavy storm is coming on, and we'll be
+washed out of the camp.”
+
+“Very well, Mallet I don't want to stay here, I can assure you. Tell
+them to hurry up, then. Get the shovels and other gear, and let us start
+as quickly as possible. It will take us a good three hours to get back
+to the house.”
+
+By sunset they started, walking in single file along the narrow,
+dangerous mountain-path, a false step on which meant a fall of hundreds
+of feet.
+
+Half-way down, the storm overtook them, but guided by the surefooted
+natives they pressed steadily on, gained the level ground, and at last
+reached the house about ten o'clock.
+
+“Now that we have come so far we might as well go on board and give
+my wife a surprise,” said Corwell to Mallet. “Look, the rain is taking
+off.”
+
+“Not for long, sir. But if we start at once we may get aboard afore it
+starts again.”
+
+Two willing natives, wet and shivering as they were, quickly baled out
+a canoe, and in a few minutes they were off, paddling down towards the
+sea. But scarce had they gone a few hundred yards when another sudden
+downpour of rain blotted out everything around them. But the natives
+paddled steadily on amid the deafening roar; the river was wide, and
+there was no danger of striking anything harder than the hanging branch
+of a tree or the soft banks.
+
+“I thought I heard voices just now,” shouted Mallet.
+
+“Natives been out fishing,” replied Corwell.
+
+As the canoe shot out through the mouth of the river into the open bay
+the rain ceased as suddenly as it began, and the _Ceres_ loomed up right
+ahead.
+
+“Don't hail them, Mallet. Let us go aboard quietly.”
+
+They clambered up the side, the two natives following, and, wet and
+dripping, entered the cabin.
+
+Corwell stepped to the swinging lamp, which burnt dimly, and pricked up
+the wick. His wife seemed to be sound asleep on the cushioned transom
+locker.
+
+“Mary,” he cried, “wake up, dearest. We---- ... Oh my God,Mallet!”
+
+He sprang to her side, and kneeling beside the still figure, placed his
+hand on the blood-stained bosom.
+
+“Dead! Dead! Murdered!” He rose to his feet, and stared wildly at
+Mallet, swayed to and fro, and then fell heavily forward.
+
+As the two natives stood at the cabin door, gazing in wondering horror
+at the scene, they heard a splash. Nakoda had jumped overboard and was
+swimming ashore.
+
+*****
+
+Long before dawn the native war-drums began to beat, and when Selak
+and his fellow-murderers reached the mouth of the river they ran into a
+fleet of canoes which waited for them. They fought like the tigers they
+were, but were soon overcome and made prisoners, tied hand and foot, and
+carried ashore to the “House of the Young Men.” The gold was taken care
+of by the chief, who brought it on board to Corwell.
+
+“When do these men die?” he asked,
+
+“To-day,” replied Corwell huskily; “to-day, after I have buried my
+wife.”
+
+On a little island just within the barrier reef, she was laid to rest,
+with the never-ending cry of the surf for her requiem.
+
+At sunset, Corwell and Mallet left the ship and landed at the village,
+and as their feet touched the sand the war-drums broke out with
+deafening clamour. They each carried a cutlass, and walked quickly
+through the thronging natives to the “House of the Young Men.”
+
+“Bring them out,” said Corwell hoarsely to the chief.
+
+One by one Selak and his fellow-prisoners were brought out and placed
+on their feet, the bonds that held them were cut, and their hands
+seized and held widely apart. And then Corwell and Mallet thrust their
+cutlasses through the cruel hearts.
+
+*****
+
+
+
+
+POISONOUS FISH OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS
+
+Many years ago I was sent with a wrecking party of native seamen to take
+possession of a Swedish barque which had gone ashore on the reef of one
+of the Marshall Islands, in the North Pacific. My employers, who had
+bought the vessel for £100, were in hopes that she might possibly be
+floated, patched up, and brought to Sydney. However, on arriving at the
+island I found that she was hopelessly bilged, so we at once set to work
+to strip her of everything of value, especially her copper, which was
+new. It was during these operations that I made acquaintance with both
+poisonous and stinging fish. There were not more than sixty or seventy
+natives living on the island, and some of these, as soon as we anchored
+in the lagoon, asked me to caution my own natives--who came from various
+other Pacific islands--not to eat any fish they might catch in the
+lagoon until each one had been examined by a local man. I followed their
+injunction, and for two or three weeks all went well; then came trouble.
+
+I had brought down with me from Sydney a white carpenter--one of the
+most obstinate, cross-grained old fellows that ever trod a deck, but an
+excellent workman if humoured a little. At his own request he lived on
+board the wrecked barque, instead of taking up his quarters on shore in
+the native village with the rest of the wrecking party. One evening as I
+was returning from the shore to the schooner--I always slept on board--I
+saw the old man fishing from the waist of the wreck, for it was high
+tide, and there was ten feet of water around the ship. I saw him
+excitedly haul in a good-sized fish, and, hailing him, inquired how many
+he had caught, and if he were sure they were not poisonous? He replied
+that he had caught five, and that “there was nothin' the matter with
+them.” Knowing what a self-willed, ignorant man he was, I thought I
+should have a look at the fish and satisfy myself; so I ran the boat
+alongside and clambered on board, followed by two of my native crew. The
+moment we opened the fishes' mouths and looked down their throats we saw
+the infallible sign which denoted their highly poisonous condition--a
+colouring of bright orange with thin reddish-brown streaks. The old
+fellow grumbled excessively when I told him to throw them overboard, and
+then somewhat annoyed me by saying that all the talk about them being
+unsafe was bunkum. He had, he said, caught and eaten just the same kind
+of fish at Vavau, in the Tonga Islands, time and time again. It was no
+use arguing with such a creature, so, after again warning him not to eat
+any fish of any kind unless the natives “passed” them as non-poisonous,
+I left him and went on board my own vessel.
+
+We had supper rather later than usual that evening, and, as the mate and
+myself were smoking on deck about nine o'clock, we heard four shots in
+rapid succession fired from the wreck. Knowing that something was wrong,
+I called a couple of hands, and in a few minutes was pulled on board,
+where I found the old carpenter lying writhing in agony, his features
+presenting a truly shocking and terrifying appearance. His revolver lay
+on the deck near him--he had fired it to bring assistance. I need not
+here describe the peculiarly drastic remedies adopted by the natives to
+save the man's life. They at first thought the case was a hopeless one,
+but by daylight the patient was out of danger. He was never able to turn
+to again as long as we were on the island, and suffered from the effects
+of the fish for quite two or three years. He had, he afterwards told me,
+made up his mind to eat some of the fish that evening to show me that he
+was right and I was wrong.
+
+A few weeks after this incident myself and a native lad named Viri,
+who was one of our crew and always my companion in fishing or shooting
+excursions, went across the lagoon to some low sandy islets, where we
+were pretty sure of getting a turtle or two. Viri's father and mother
+were Samoans, but he had been born on Nassau Island, a lonely spot in
+the South Pacific, where he had lived till he was thirteen years of
+age. He was now fifteen, and a smarter, more cheerful, more intelligent
+native boy I had never met.
+
+His knowledge of bird and fish life was a never-ending source of
+pleasure and instruction to me, and the late Earl of Pembroke and Sir
+William Flower would have delighted in him.
+
+It was dead low tide when we reached the islets, so taking our spears
+with us we set out along the reef to look for turtle in the many
+deep and winding pools which broke up the surface of the reef. After
+searching for some time together without success, Viri left me and
+went off towards the sea, I keeping to the inner side of the lagoon.
+Presently in a shallow pool about ten feet in circumference I espied
+a small but exceedingly beautiful fish. It was about four inches in
+length, and two and a half inches in depth, and as it kept perfectly
+still I had time to admire its brilliant hues--blue and yellow-banded
+sides with fins and tail tipped with vivid crimson spots. Around the
+eyes were a number of dark yellowish or orange-coloured rings, and the
+eyes themselves were large, bright, and staring. It displayed no alarm
+at my presence, but presently swam slowly to the side of the pool and
+disappeared under the coral ledge. I determined to catch and examine
+the creature, and in a few minutes I discovered it resting in such a
+position that I could grasp it with my hand. I did so, and seizing it
+firmly by the back and belly, whipped it up out of the water, but not
+before I felt several sharp pricks from its fins. Holding it so as to
+study it closely, I suddenly dropped it in disgust, as strange violent
+pains shot through my hand. In another two minutes they had so increased
+in their intensity that I became alarmed and shouted to Viri to come
+back. Certainly not more than five or ten minutes elapsed before he
+was with me; to me it seemed ages, for by this time the pain was
+excruciating. A look at the fish told him nothing; he had never seen
+one like it before. How I managed to get back to the schooner and live
+through the next five or six hours of agony I cannot tell. Twice I
+fainted, and at times became delirious. The natives could do nothing for
+me, but said that the pain would moderate before morning, especially if
+the fish was dead. Had its fins struck into my foot instead of my hand I
+should have died, they asserted; and then they told the mate and myself
+that one day a mischievous boy who had speared one of these abominable
+fish threw it at a young woman who was standing some distance away. It
+struck her on the foot, the spines penetrating a vein, and the poor girl
+died in terrible agony on the following day. By midnight the pain I
+was enduring began to moderate, though my hand and arm were swollen
+to double the proper size, and a splitting headache kept me awake
+till daylight. The shock to the system affected me for quite a week
+afterward.
+
+During many subsequent visits to the Marshall Group our crews were
+always cautioned by the people of the various islands about eating
+fish or shell-fish without submitting them to local examination. In the
+Radack chain of this widely spread out archipelago we found that the
+lagoons were comparatively free from poisonous fish, while the Ralick
+lagoons were infested with them, quite 30 per cent, being highly
+dangerous at all times of the year, and nearly 50 per cent at other
+seasons. Jaluit Lagoon was, and is now, notorious for its poisonous
+fish. It is a curious fact that fish of a species which you may eat with
+perfect safety, say, in the middle of the month, will be pronounced by
+the expert natives to be dangerous a couple of weeks later, and that
+in a “school” of pink rock bream numbering many hundreds some may have
+their poison highly developed, others in but a minor degree, whilst many
+may be absolutely free from the taint. In the year 1889 the crew of a
+large German ship anchored in one of the Marshall Islands caught some
+very large and handsome fish of the bream kind, and the resident natives
+pronounced them “good.” Three or four days later some more were taken,
+and the cook did not trouble to ask native opinion. The result was that
+eight or nine men were taken seriously ill, and for some time the lives
+of several were despaired of. Two of them had not recovered the use
+of their hands and feet at the end of ten weeks, and their faces,
+especially the eyes and mouth, seemed to be permanently, though slightly
+distorted. All the men agreed in one particular, that at midday they
+suffered most--agonising cramps, accompanied by shooting pains in the
+head and continuous vomiting to the point of exhaustion, these symptoms
+being very pronounced during the first week or eight days after the fish
+had been eaten.
+
+That kind-hearted and unfortunate officer, Commodore J. G. Goodenough,
+took an interest in the poisonous and stinging fish of the Pacific
+Islands, and one day showed me, preserved in spirits of wine, a
+specimen of the dreaded _no'u_ fish of the Hervey Group--one of the most
+repulsive-looking creatures it is possible to imagine out of a child's
+fairy book. The deadly poison which this fish ejects is contained in a
+series of sacs at the base of the spines, and the commodore intended to
+submit it to an analyist. By a strange coincidence this gallant seaman
+a few months afterwards died from the effects of a poisoned arrow shot
+into his side by the natives of Nukapu, one of the Santa Cruz group of
+islands.
+
+This _no'u_ however, which is the _nofu_ of the Samoans, and is widely
+known throughout Polynesia, and Melanesia under different names, does
+not disguise its deadly character under a beautiful exterior like the
+stinging fish of Micronesia, which I have described above. The
+_nofu_ which is also met with on the coasts of Australia, is a devil
+undisguised, and belongs to the angler family. Like the octopus or the
+death-adder (_Acanthopis antarctica_) of Australia, he can assimilate
+his colour to his environment. His hideous wrinkled head, with his
+staring goggle eyes, are often covered with fine wavy seaweed, which in
+full-grown specimens sometimes extends right down the back to the tail.
+From the top of the upper jaw, along the back and sides, are scores of
+needle-pointed spines, every one of which is a machine for the ejection
+of the venom contained at the root. As the creature lies hidden in a
+niche of coral awaiting its prey--it is a voracious feeder--it cannot be
+distinguished except by the most careful scrutiny; then you may see that
+under the softly waving and suspended piece of seaweed (as you imagine
+it to be) there are fins and a tail. And, as the _nofu_ has a huge
+mouth, which is carefully concealed by a fringe of apparently harmless
+seaweed or other marine growth, he snaps up every unfortunate small fish
+which comes near him. In the Pacific Islands the _nofu_ (_i.e._, “the
+waiting one “) is generally a dark brown, inclining to black, with
+splashes or blotches of orange, or marbled red and grey. In Australian
+waters--I have caught them in the Parramatta river, Port Jackson--they
+are invariably either a dark brown or a horrid, dulled yellow.
+
+Despite its poison-injecting apparatus this fish is eaten by the natives
+of the Society, Hervey, and Paumotu groups of islands, in the South
+Pacific, where its flesh is considered a delicacy. It is prepared for
+cookery by being skinned, in which operation the venomous sacks are
+removed. In 1882, when I was living on the island of Peru in the Gilbert
+Group (the Francis Island of the Admiralty charts), a Chinese trader
+there constantly caught them in the lagoon and ate them in preference
+to any other fish. Here in Peru the _nofu_ would bury itself in the soft
+sand and watch for its prey, and could always be taken with a hook. And
+yet in Eastern Polynesia and in the Equatorial Islands of the Pacific
+many deaths have occurred through the sting of this fish, children
+invariably succumbing to tetanus within twenty-four hours of being
+stung.
+
+A little more about poisonous fish, _i.e._, fish which at one time of
+the year are good and palatable food and at others deadly. In the lagoon
+island of Nukufetau (the “De Peyster Island” of the charts), where the
+writer lived for twelve months, the fish both within the lagoon and
+outside the barrier reef became highly poisonous at certain times of the
+year. Flying-fish (which were never caught inside the lagoon) would be
+safe to eat if taken on the lee side of the island, dangerous, or at
+least doubtful, if taken on the weather side; _manini_, a small striped
+fish much relished by the natives, would be safe to eat if caught on the
+reef on the western side of the island, slightly poisonous if taken four
+miles away on the inside shore of the eastern islets encompassing
+the lagoon. Sharks captured outside the reef, if eaten, would produce
+symptoms of poisoning--vomiting, excessive purging, and tetanus in a
+modified form; if caught inside the reef and eaten no ill effects would
+follow. Crayfish on one side of the lagoon were safe; three miles away
+they were highly impregnated with this mysterious poison, the origin of
+which has not yet been well defined by scientists.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and,
+Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND ***
+
+***** This file should be named 24446-0.txt or 24446-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/4/4/24446/
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
+ or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
+of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/24446-0.zip b/24446-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07a82cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24446-0.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/24446-8.txt b/24446-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6334e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24446-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1400 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and,
+Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and, Poisonous Fish
+ 1901
+
+Author: Louis Becke
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2008 [EBook #24446]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+
+
+
+
+JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND MINER; and POISONOUS FISH
+
+By Louis Becke
+
+T. Fisher Unwin, 1901
+
+
+
+
+JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND MINER
+
+
+
+
+I
+
+"Am I to have no privacy at all?" demanded the Governor irritably as
+the orderly again tapped at the open door and announced another visitor.
+"Who is he and what does he want?"
+
+"Mr. John Corwell, your Excellency, master of the cutter _Ceres_, from
+the South Seas."
+
+The Governor's brows relaxed somewhat. "Let him come in in ten minutes,
+Cleary, but tell him at the same time that I am very tired--too tired to
+listen unless he has something of importance to say."
+
+The day had indeed been a most tiring one to the worthy Governor of the
+colony of New South Wales, just then struggling weakly in its infancy,
+and only emerging from the horrors of actual starvation, caused by the
+utter neglect of the Home authorities to send out further supplies of
+provisions. Prisoners of both sexes came in plenty, but brought nothing
+to eat with them; the military officers who should have helped him in
+his arduous labours were secretly plotting against him, and their
+spare time--and they had plenty--was devoted to writing letters home
+to highly-placed personages imploring them to induce the Government
+to break up the settlement and not "waste the health and lives of even
+these abandoned convicts in trying to found a colony in the most awful
+and hideous desert the eye of man had ever seen, a place which can never
+be useful to man and is accursed by God." But the Governor took no heed.
+Mutiny and discontent he had fought in his silent, determined way as
+he fought grim famine, sparing himself nothing, toiling from dawn till
+dark, listening to complaints, remedying abuses, punishing with swift
+severity those who deserved it, and yet always preserving the same cold,
+unbending dignity of manner which covered a highly-sensitive and deeply
+sympathetic nature.
+
+But on this particular day, fatigue, the intense heat, which had
+prevailed, a violent quarrel between the intriguing major commanding
+the marines, and many other lesser worries, had been almost more than
+he could bear, so it may well be imagined that he was more inclined for
+rest than talk.
+
+Ten, twenty minutes, and then the thin, spare figure raised itself
+wearily from the rude sofa. He must see his visitor. He had promised to
+do so, and the sooner it was over the better. He called to the orderly.
+
+"Tell Mr.--Corwell you said?--to come in."
+
+A heavy step sounded on the bare floor, and one ot the finest specimens
+of manhood Governor Arthur Phillip had ever seen in all his long naval
+career stood before him and saluted. There was something so pleasant and
+yet so manly in the handsome, cleanshaven and deeply-bronzed face, that
+the Governor was at once attracted to him.
+
+"Be seated, Mr. Corwell," he said in his low, yet clear tones. "I am
+very tired, so you must not keep me long."
+
+"Certainly not, your Excellency. But I thought, sir, that you would
+prefer to hear the report of my voyage personally. I have discovered a
+magnificent harbour north of the Solomon Islands, and----"
+
+"Ha! And so you came to me. Very sensible, very sensible of you. I am
+obliged to you, sir. Tell me all about it."
+
+"Certainly, your Excellency; but I regret I have intruded on you this
+evening. Perhaps, sir, you will permit me to call again to-morrow?"
+
+"No, no, not at all," was the energetic reply. I am always ready to hear
+anything of this nature.
+
+"I knew that, sir, for the masters of the _Breckenbridge_ and another
+transport told me that you were most anxious to learn of any discoveries
+in the Pacific Islands."
+
+"Very true, sir. I am looking forward to hear from them and from the
+masters of other transports which I am inducing to follow the whale
+fishery on their return voyage to England _via_ Batavia. But so far I
+have heard nothing from any one of them."
+
+Encouraged and pleased at the Governor's manner, the master of the
+_Ceres_ at once produced a roughly executed plan and a detailed written
+description of the harbour, which, he asserted with confidence, was one
+of the finest in that part of the Pacific. A broad, deep stream of water
+ran from the lofty range of mountains which traversed the island north
+and south and fell into a spacious bay, on the shores of which was a
+large and populous native village, whose inhabitants had treated Cornell
+and the few men of his ship's company with considerable kindness,
+furnishing them not only with wood and water, but an ample supply of
+fresh provisions as well.
+
+During the two weeks that the _Ceres_ lay at anchor, Corwell and two or
+three of his hands unhesitatingly trusted themselves among the natives,
+who escorted them inland and around the coast. Everywhere was evidence
+of the extraordinary fertility of the island, which, in the vicinity
+of the seashore, was highly cultivated, each family's plantation being
+enclosed by stone fences, while their houses were strongly built and
+neatly constructed. The broad belt of the slopes of the mountains were
+covered with magnificent timber, which Corwell believed to be teak,
+equal in quality to any he had seen in the East Indies, and which he
+said could be easily brought down to the seashore for shipment owing to
+there being several other large streams beside the one on whose banks
+the principal village was built.
+
+The Governor was much interested, and complimented the young seaman on
+the manner in which he had written out his description of the place and
+his observations on the character and customs of the inhabitants.
+
+"Such information as you have given me, Mr. Corwell, is always valuable,
+and I give you my best thanks. I wish I could do more; and had I the
+means, men, and money to spare I should send a vessel there and to other
+islands in the vicinity to make further examination, for I believe
+that from those islands to the northward we can obtain invaluable food
+supplies in the future. The winds are more favourable for making a quick
+voyage there and back than they are to those groups to the eastward;
+but," and here he sighed, "our condition is such that I fear it will be
+many years ere His Majesty will consent to such an undertaking. But much
+may be done at private cost--perhaps in the near future."
+
+The young man remained silent for a moment or two; then with some
+hesitation he said, as he took a small paper packet from his coat pocket
+and handed it to the Governor, "Will your Excellency look at this and
+tell me what it is. I--I imagine it is pure gold, sir."
+
+"Gold, gold!" and something like a frown contracted the Governor's pale
+brows; "ever since the settlement was formed I've been pestered with
+tales of gold, and a pretty expense it has run me into sending parties
+out to search for it. Why, only six months ago a rascally prisoner
+gulled one of my officers into letting him lead an expedition into the
+bush--the fellow had filed down a brass bolt--" he looked up and caught
+sight of the dark flush which had suddenly suffused his visitor's
+face--"but I do not for a moment imagine you are playing upon my
+credulity, Mr. Corwell."
+
+He untied the string and opened the packet, and in an instant an
+exclamation of astonishment and pleasure escaped as he saw that the
+folds of paper held quite three ounces of bright and flaky water-worn
+gold.
+
+"This certainly _is_ gold, sir. May I ask where you obtained it?"
+
+"I made the voyage to Sydney Cove to tell your Excellency of two
+discoveries--one was of the fine harbour, the other was of this gold,
+which my wife (who is a native of Ternate) and myself ourselves washed
+out of the bed of a small stream; the natives helped us, but attached
+not the slightest value to our discovery. In fact, sir, they assured us
+as well as they could that much more was to be had in every river on the
+island."
+
+"Your wife was it, then, or yourself, who first recognised what it was?"
+
+"She did, sir. She has seen much of it in the hands of the Bugis and
+Arab traders in her native country."
+
+The Governor moved his slender forefinger to and fro amid the shining,
+heavy particles, then he pondered deeply for some minutes.
+
+"Tell me frankly, Mr. Corwell--why did you make a long voyage to this
+settlement to tell _me_ of your discovery?"
+
+"In the hope, sir, that you would advise and perhaps assist me. My crew
+are Malays and Chinese and would have murdered me if they knew what I
+knew. Will your Excellency tell me the proper course to pursue so that I
+may be protected in my discovery? I am a poor man, though my ship is my
+own, but she is old and leaky and must undergo heavy repairs before she
+leaves Sydney Cove again; my present crew I wish to replace by half a
+dozen respectable Englishmen, and----"
+
+The Governor shook his head. "I will do all I can to help you, but I
+cannot provide you with men. The island which you have visited may
+have been discovered and taken possession of by France, two of whose
+exploring ships were in these seas a few years ago, and even if that is
+not the case I could not take possession of them for His Majesty, as I
+have no commissioned officer to spare to undertake such a duty. Yet, if
+such an officer were available, Mr. Corwell, I would be strongly tempted
+to send him with you, hoist the British flag, and then urge the Home
+Government to confirm my action and secure to you the right, subject
+to the King's royalties, to work these gold deposits. But I am
+powerless--much as I wish to aid you."
+
+A look of disappointment clouded the young captain's handsome features.
+
+"Would your Excellency permit me to endeavour to find three or four
+seamen myself? There is a transport ready to sail for England, and I may
+be able to get some men from her."
+
+"I doubt it. Unless you revealed the object of your voyage--which would
+be exceedingly foolish of you--you could not induce them to make a
+voyage in such a small vessel as yours to islands inhabited mostly
+by ferocious savages. But this much I can and will do for you. I will
+direct Captain Hunter of the _Sirius_, the only King's ship I have here,
+to set his carpenters to work on your vessel as soon as ever you careen
+her; I will supply you at my own private cost with arms and ammunition
+and a new suit of sails. Provisions I cannot give you--God knows we
+want them badly enough ourselves, although we are not now in such a bad
+plight as we were ten months ago. Yet for all that I may be able to get
+you a cask or two of beef."
+
+"That is most generous of you, sir. I will not, however, take the beef,
+your Excellency. But for the sails and the repairs to my poor little
+vessel I thank you, sir, most heartily and sincerely. And I pledge you
+my word of honour, as well as giving you my written bond, that I will
+redeem my obligations to you."
+
+"And if you fail I shall be content, for I well know that it will be no
+fault of yours. But stay, Mr. Corwell; I must have one condition."
+
+"Name it, sir."
+
+"You too must pledge me your honour that you will not reveal the secret
+of your discovery of gold to any one in the settlement. This I do not
+demand--I ask it as a favour."
+
+Then the Governor took him, guardedly enough, into his confidence. With
+a thousand convicts, most of them utter ruffians, guarded by a scanty
+force or marines, the news of gold having been found would, he was
+sure, have a disastrous effect, and lead to open revolt. The few small
+merchant ships which were in port were partly manned by convict
+seamen, and there was every likelihood of them being seized by gangs of
+desperate criminals, fired with the idea of reaching the golden island.
+Already a party of convicts had escaped with the mad idea of walking to
+China, which they believed was only separated from Australia by a
+large river which existed a few hundred miles to the northward of the
+settlement. Some of them died of thirst, others were slaughtered by the
+blacks, and the wounded and exhausted survivors were glad to make their
+way back again to their gaolers.
+
+Cornell listened intently, and gave his promise readily. Then he rose to
+go, and the Governor held out his hand.
+
+"Good evening, Mr. Cornell. I must see you again before you sail."
+
+
+
+
+II
+
+One evening, three weeks later--so vigorously had the carpenter's mates
+from the old frigate _Sirius_ got through their work--the _Ceres_ was
+ready for sea. She was to sail on the following morning, and Corwell,
+having just returned from the shore, where he had been to say goodbye
+to the kind-hearted Governor, was pacing the deck with his wife, his
+smiling face and eager tones showing that he was well pleased.
+
+He had reason to be pleased, for unusual luck had attended him. Not
+only had his ship been thoroughly and efficiently repaired, but he had
+replaced six of his untrustworthy Malays by four good, sturdy British
+seamen, one of whom he had appointed mate. These men had arrived at
+Sydney Cove in a transport a few days after his interview with the
+Governor; the transport had been condemned, and Corwell, much to his
+delight, found that out of her crew of thirty, four were willing to come
+with him on what he cautiously described as a "voyage of venture to the
+South Seas." All of them had served in the navy, and the captain of the
+transport and his officers gave them excellent characters for sobriety
+and seamanship. Out of the sixty or seventy pounds which still remained
+to him he had given them a substantial advance, and the cheerful manner
+in which they turned to and helped the carpenters from the frigate
+convinced him that he had secured decent, reliable men, to whom he
+thought he could reveal the real object of his voyage later on.
+
+*****
+
+Two years before Cornell had been mate of a "country" ship employed
+in trading between Calcutta and the Moluccas. The Ternate agent of the
+owners of the ship was an Englishman named Leighton, a widower with one
+daughter, whose mother had died when the girl was fifteen. With this
+man the young officer struck up a friendship, and before six months had
+passed he was the acknowledged suitor of Mary Leighton, with whom he
+had fallen in love at first sight, and who quickly responded to his
+affection. She was then twenty-two years of age, tall and fair,
+with dark hazel eyes, like her English mother, and possessed of such
+indomitable spirit and courage that her father often laughingly declared
+it was she, and not he, who really managed the business which he
+controlled.
+
+And she really did much to help him; she knew his weak, vacillating, and
+speculative nature would long since have left them penniless had he
+not yielded to her advice and protests on many occasions, Generous
+and extravagantly hospitable, he spent his money lavishly, and had
+squandered two or three fortunes in wild business ventures in the Indian
+Seas instead of saving one. Latterly, however, he had been more careful,
+and when Corwell had made his acquaintance he had two vessels--a
+barque and a brig--both of which were very profitably engaged in the
+Manila-China trade, and he was now sanguine or mending his broken
+fortunes.
+
+Isolated as were father and daughter from the advantages of constant
+intercourse with European society, the duty of educating the girl was
+a task of love to her remaining parent, who, before he entered "John
+Company's" service, had travelled much in Europe. Yet, devoted as he was
+to her, and looking forward with some dread to the coming loneliness of
+life which would be his when she married, he cheerfully gave his consent
+to her union with John Cornell, for whom he had conceived a strong
+liking, and who, he knew, would make her a good husband.
+
+They were married at Batavia, to which port they were accompanied by Mr.
+Leighton, who, during the voyage, had pressed Corwell to leave his then
+employment and join him in a venture which had occupied his mind for the
+past year. This was to despatch either the barque or brig, laden with
+trade goods, to the Society Islands in the South Pacific, to barter for
+coconut oil and pearl shell.
+
+Leighton was certain that there was a fortune awaiting the man who
+entered upon the venture, and his arguments so convinced the young man
+that he consented.
+
+On arrival at Batavia they found there the officers and crew of a
+shipwrecked English vessel, and one of the former eagerly took Corwell's
+place as chief mate, his captain offering no objection. A few weeks
+after Mr. Leighton hired the _Ceres_ to take himself, his daughter, and
+her husband back to Ternate, eager to begin the work of fitting out one
+of his vessels for the voyage that was to bring them fortune. He, it was
+arranged, was to remain at Ternate, Mary was to sail with her husband to
+the South Seas.
+
+But a terrible shock awaited them. As the _Ceres_ sailed up to her
+anchorage before Mr. Leighton's house, his Chinese clerk came on board
+with the news that the barque had foundered in a typhoon, and the brig
+had been plundered and burnt by pirates within a few miles of Canton.
+The unfortunate man gave one last appealing look at his daughter and
+then fell on the deck at her feet He never spoke again, and died in a
+few hours. When his affairs came to be settled up, it was found that,
+after paying his debts, there was less than four hundred pounds left--a
+sum little more than that which Corwell had managed to save out of his
+own wages.
+
+"Never mind, Jack," said Mary. "'Tis little enough, but yet 'tis enough.
+And, Jack, let us go away from here. I should not care now to meet any
+of the people father knew in his prosperity."
+
+Cornell kissed his wife, and then they at once discussed the future.
+Half an hour later he had bought the _Ceres_ from her captain (who was
+also the owner), paid him his money and taken possession. Before the
+week was out he had bought all the trade goods he could afford to pay
+for, shipped a crew of Malays and Chinese, and, with Mary by his side,
+watched Ternate sink astern as the _Ceres_ began her long voyage to the
+South Seas.
+
+After a three weeks' voyage along the northern and eastern shores of New
+Guinea the _Ceres_ came to an anchor in the harbour which Cornell had
+described to the Governor. The rest of his story, up to the time of his
+arrival in Sydney Cove, the reader knows. *****
+
+Steadily northward under cloudless skies the high-pooped, bluff-bowed
+little vessel had sailed, favoured by leading winds nearly all the way,
+for four-and-twenty days, when, on the morning of the twenty-fifth,
+Corwell, who had been up aloft scanning the blue loom of a lofty island
+which lay right ahead, descended to the deck with a smiling face.
+
+"That is not only the island itself, Mary, but with this breeze we have
+a clear run for the big village in the bay; I can see the spur on the
+southern side quite clearly."
+
+"I'm so glad, Jack, dear. And how you have worried and fumed for the
+past three days!"
+
+"I feared we had got too far to the westward, my girl," he said. Then
+telling the mate to keep away a couple of points, he went below to pore
+over the plan of the harbour, a copy of which had been taken by the
+Governor, As he studied it his wife's fingers passed lovingly through
+and through his curly locks. He looked up, put his arm around her waist,
+and swung her to a seat on his knees.
+
+"I think, Mary, I can tell the men now."
+
+"I'm sure you can! The sooner you take them into your confidence the
+better."
+
+Corwell nodded. During the voyage he had watched the mate and three
+white seamen keenly, and was thoroughly satisfied with them. The
+remainder of the crew--three Manila men and two Penang Malays--did their
+duty well enough, but both he and his wife knew from long experience
+that such people were not to be trusted when their avarice was aroused.
+He resolved, therefore, to rely entirely upon his white crew and the
+natives of the island to help him in obtaining the gold. Yet, as he
+could not possibly keep the operations a secret from the five men
+he distrusted, he decided, as a safeguard against their possible and
+dangerous ill-will, to promise them double wages from the day he found
+that gold was to be obtained in payable quantities. As for the mate and
+three other white men, they should have one-fifth of all the gold won
+between them, he keeping the remaining four-fifths for himself and wife.
+
+He put his head up the companion-way and called to the man whom he had
+appointed mate.
+
+"Come below, Mallett, and bring Totten, Harris, and Sam with you."
+
+Wondering what was the matter the four men came into the cabin. As soon
+as they were standing together at the head of the little table, the
+captain's wife went quietly on deck to see that none of the coloured
+crew came aft to listen.
+
+"Now, men," said Corwell, "I have something important to tell you. I
+believe I can trust you."
+
+Then in as few words as possible he told them the object of the
+voyage and his intentions towards them. At first they seemed somewhat
+incredulous, but when they were shown some of the gold their doubts
+vanished, and they one and all swore to be honest and true to him and to
+obey him faithfully whether afloat or ashore, in fair or evil fortune.
+
+From his scanty store of liquor the captain took a bottle of rum, and
+they drank to their future success; then Corwell shook each man's hand
+and sent him on deck.
+
+Just before dusk the _Ceres_ ran in and dropped her clumsy,
+wooden-stocked anchor in the crystal-clear water, a few cables' length
+away from the village. As the natives recognised her a chorus of
+welcoming shouts and cries pealed from the shore from five hundred
+dusky-hued throats.
+
+
+
+
+III
+
+A blazing, tropic sun shone in mid-heaven upon the motionless waters of
+the deep, land-locked bay in which the Ceres lay, with top-mast struck
+and awnings spread fore and aft. A quarter of a mile away was the beach,
+girdled with its thick belt of coco-palms whose fronds hung limp and hot
+in the windless air as if gasping for breath. Here and there, among
+the long line of white, lime-washed canoes, drawn up on the sand,
+snowy white and blue cranes stalked to and fro seeking for the small
+thin-shelled soldier crabs burrowing under the loose _dbris_ of leaves
+and fallen palm-branches to escape the heat.
+
+A few yards back from the level of high-water mark clustered the houses
+of the native village, built on both sides of the bright, fast-flowing
+stream which here, as it debouched into the sea, was wide and shallow,
+showing a bottom composed of rounded black stones alternating with rocky
+bars. Along the grassless banks, worn smooth by the constant tread of
+naked feet, grew tall many-hued crotons, planted and carefully tended
+by their native owners, and shielded from the rays of the sun by the
+ever-present coco-palms. From either side of the bank, looking westward
+towards the forest, there was a clear stretch of water half a mile in
+length, then the river was hidden from view, for in its course from the
+mountains through the heavily-jungled littoral it took many bends and
+twists, sometimes running swiftly over rocky, gravelly beds, sometimes
+flowing noiselessly through deep, muddy-bottomed pools and dank, steamy
+swamps, the haunt of the silent, dreaded alligator.
+
+At the head of the straight stretch of water of which I have spoken
+there was on the left-hand bank of the river an open grassy sward,
+surrounded by clumps of areca and coco-palms, and in the centre stood
+a large house, built by native hands, but showing by various external
+signs that it was tenanted by people other than the wild inhabitants of
+the island. Just in front of the house, and surrounded by a number of
+canoes, the boat belonging to the _Ceres_ was moored to the bank,
+and under a long open-sided, palm-thatched shed, were a number of
+brown-skinned naked savages, some lying sleeping, others squatting on
+their hams, energetically chewing betel nut.
+
+As they talked and chewed and spat out the scarlet juice through their
+hideous red lips and coaly black teeth, a canoe, paddled by two natives
+and steered by Mallet, the mate of the _Ceres_, came up the river. The
+instant it was seen a chorus of yells arose from the natives in the long
+hut, and Mary Corwell came to the open doorway of the house and looked
+out.
+
+"Wake up, wake up, Jack!" she cried, turning her face inwards over her
+graceful shoulder, "here is Mallet."
+
+Her voice awoke her husband, who in an instant sprang from his couch and
+joined her, just as Mallet--a short, square-built man of fifty--stepped
+out of the canoe and walked briskly towards them, wiping his broad,
+honest face with a blue cotton handkerchief.
+
+"Come inside, Mallet. 'Tis a bit cooler in here. I'm sorry I sent you
+down to the ship on such a day as this."
+
+Mallet laughed good-naturedly. "I didn't mind it, sir, though 'tis a
+powerful hot day, and the natives are all lying asleep in their huts;
+they can't understand why us works as we do in the sun. Lord, sir! How
+I should like to see old Kingsdown and Walmer Castle to-day, all a-white
+with snow. I was born at Deal."
+
+Mary Cornell brought the old seaman a young coconut to drink, and her
+husband added a little rum; Mallet tossed it off and then sat down.
+
+"Well, sir, the ship is all right, and those chaps aboard seem content
+enough. But I'm afeared that the worms are a-getting into her although
+she is moored right abreast of the river. So I took it on me to tell
+Totten and Harris to stay aboard whilst I came back to ask you if it
+wouldn't be best for us to bring her right in to the fresh water, and
+moor her here, right abreast o' the house. That'll kill any worms as
+has got into her timbers. And we can tow her in the day after to-morrow,
+when there will be a big tide."
+
+"You did quite right, Mallet. Very likely the worms have got into her
+timbers in spite of her being abreast of the river's mouth. I should
+have thought of this before."
+
+"Ah, Jack," said his wife, with a smile, "we have thought too much of
+our gold-getting and too little of the poor old _Ceres_."
+
+"Well, I shall think more of her now, Mary. And as the rains will be
+on us in a few days--so the natives say--and we can do no more work for
+three months, I think it will be as well for us to sail the _Ceres_ over
+to that chain of lagoon islands about thirty miles from here. I fear to
+remain here during the wet season, on account of the fever."
+
+After further discussion it was decided that Jack and Mallet, with some
+natives, should make an early start in the morning for their mining
+camp, six miles away, at the foot of the range, and do a long, last
+day's work, returning to the house on the following day. Meanwhile a
+message was to be sent to Harris and Totten to bring the vessel into the
+creek as soon as the tide served, which would be in forty-eight hours.
+Then, whilst she lay for a week in the fresh water, so as to kill the
+suspected _teredo navalis_ worms, which Mallet feared had attacked her,
+she was to be made ready for the short voyage of thirty miles over to a
+cluster of islands enclosing a spacious lagoon, where Corwell intended
+to beach her till the rainy season was over, when he would return to
+work a very promising stream in another locality. Already he and his
+men, aided by the natives, had, in the four months that had passed since
+they arrived, won nearly five hundred ounces of gold, crude as were
+their appliances.
+
+"Jack," said his wife, "I think that, as you will be away all day and
+night, to-morrow I shall go on board and see what I can do. I'll make
+the men turn to and give the cabin a thorough overhauling. Marawa, the
+chiefs wife, has given me a lot of sleeping-mats, and I shall throw
+those old horrible flock mattresses overboard, and we shall have nice
+clean mats instead to lie on."
+
+* * * * *
+
+At daylight Mallet aroused the natives who were to accompany him and the
+captain, and then told off two of them to make the boat ready for Mrs.
+Corwell. Then he returned to the house and called out--
+
+"The boat is ready, sir."
+
+"So am I, Mallet," replied Mary, tying on her old-fashioned sun-hood.
+Then she turned to her husband. "Jack, darling, this will be the very
+first time in our married life that I have ever slept away from you, and
+it shall be the last, too. But I _do_ want to surprise you when you see
+our cabin again."
+
+She put her lips up to him and kissed him half a dozen times. "There,
+that's a good-night and good morning three times over. Now I'm ready."
+
+Corwell and Mallet walked down to the boat with her and saw her get in.
+She kissed her hand to them and in a few minutes was out of sight.
+
+
+
+
+IV
+
+A light, cool breeze, which had set in at daylight, was blowing when
+Mary Corwell boarded the _Ceres_. Totten and Harris met her at the
+gangway, caps in hand. Poor Sam, their former shipmate, had died of
+fever a month before. They were delighted to hear that she intended to
+remain on board, and Harris at once told Miguel, the scoundrelly-faced
+Manila cook, to get breakfast ready.
+
+"And you must have your breakfast with me," said Mary, "and after that
+you must obey _my_ orders. I am to be captain to-day."
+
+* * * * *
+
+As she and the two seamen sat aft under the awning, at their breakfast,
+Selak, the leading Malay, and his fellows squatted on the fore-hatch and
+talked in whispers.
+
+"I tell thee," said Selak, "that I have seen it. On the evening of the
+day when the man Sam died and was buried, I was sitting outside the
+house. It was dark, and the Tuan Korwal thought I had returned to the
+ship. I crept near and listened. They were speaking of what should be
+done with the dead man's share of the gold. Then I looked through the
+cave side of the house, and--dost remember that white basin of thine,
+Miguel?"
+
+The Manila man nodded.
+
+"The white woman, at a sign from her husband, went into the inner room
+and brought it out and placed it on the table. It was full to the brim
+with gold! and there was more in a bag!"
+
+His listeners drew nearer to him, their dark eyes gleaming with avarice.
+
+"Then the Tuan said, 'None of Sam's gold will I or my wife touch. Let it
+be divided among you three. It is but fair.'
+
+"They talked again, and then Mallet said to the Tuan, 'Captain, it shall
+be as you wish. But let it all go together till the time comes for thee
+to give us our share.'
+
+"I watched the white woman take the basin and the bag, put them into
+a box, and place the box in a hole in the ground in her sleeping-room.
+Then I came away, for my heart was on fire with the wrong that hath been
+done to us."
+
+He rose to his feet and peered round the corner of the galley. Mary and
+the two seamen were eating very leisurely.
+
+"Three of them are here now and will sleep aboard to-night. God hath
+given them into our hands!"
+
+"And what of the other two?--they are strong men," asked a wizen,
+monkey-faced Malay, nicknamed Nakoda (the captain).
+
+"Bah! What is a giant if he sleeps and a kriss is swept across his
+throat, or a spear is thrust into his back from behind? They, too, shall
+die as quickly as these who sit near us. Now listen. But sit thou out on
+the deck, Miguel, so that thou canst warn us if either of those accursed
+dogs approach."
+
+The cook obeyed him silently.
+
+"_This_ it is to be. To-night these three here shall die in their sleep,
+silently and without a sound. Then we, all but thou, Nakoda, shall take
+the boat and go to the house. Both the Tuan and Mallet sleep heavily,
+and"--he drew his hand swiftly across his tawny throat.
+
+"And then?" queried Nakoda.
+
+"And then the gold--the gold, or our share of which we have been
+robbed--is ours, and the ship is ours, and I, Selak, will guide ye all
+to Dobbo in the Aru Islands, where we shall be safe, and become great
+men."
+
+"But," muttered another man, "what if these black sons of Shaitan here
+of the Island turn upon us after we have slain the white men?"
+
+Selak laughed scornfully. "The sound of a gun terrifies them. They are
+cowards, and will not seek to interfere with us."
+
+*****
+
+Night had fallen. The two white seamen, tired out with their day's work,
+had spread their mats on the poop, and were sound in slumber. Below in
+the cabin, the captain's wife lay reading by the light of a lamp; and
+Selak, standing in the waist, could see its faint reflection shining
+through the cabin door, which opened on to the main deck. Sitting on
+the fore-deck, with their hands clutching their knives, his companions
+watched him.
+
+At last the light was lowered, and Mary closed her eyes and slept.
+
+The Malay waited patiently. One by one the remaining native fires on the
+shore went out; and, presently, a chill gust of air swept down from the
+mountains, and looking shoreward he saw that the sky to the eastward
+was quickly darkening and hiding the stars--a heavy downpour of rain was
+near.
+
+He drew his kriss from its tortoiseshell sheath and felt the edge, made
+a gesture to the crouching tigers for'ard, and then stepped lightly
+along the deck to the open cabin door; the other four crept after him,
+then stopped and waited--for less than a minute.
+
+A faint, choking cry came from the cabin, and then Selak came out, his
+kriss streaming with blood.
+
+"It is done," he whispered, and pointing to the poop he sprang up.
+
+"Hi, there! what's the matter?" cried Totten, who had heard the feint
+cry; and then, too late, he drew his pistol from his belt and fired--as
+Selak's kriss plunged into his chest. Poor Harris was slaughtered ere he
+had opened his eyes.
+
+Spurning Totten's body with his naked foot, Selak cursed it. "Accursed
+Christian dog! Would I could bring thee to life so that I might kill
+thee again!" Then, as he heard the rushing hum of the coming rain
+squall, and saw that the shore was hidden from view, as if a solid wall
+of white stone had suddenly arisen between it and the ship, he grinned.
+
+"Bah! what does it matter? Had it been a cannon instead of a pistol it
+could scarce have been heard on the shore in such a din."
+
+Ordering the bodies of the two seamen to be thrown overboard, Selak, the
+most courageous, entered the cabin, took a couple of muskets from the
+rack, and some powder and ball from the mate's berth, and returning to
+his followers, bade them bring the boat alongside.
+
+"Throw the woman after them," he cried to Nakoda, as the boat pushed off
+into the darkness, just as the hissing rain began. "We shall return ere
+it is dawn."
+
+Nakoda would have sprung over the side after the boat, but he feared the
+sharks even more than Selak's kriss; so running for'ard, he crept into
+his bunk and lay there, too terrified to move.
+
+* * * * *
+
+Mallet and Corwell, with the natives, worked hard till near sunset, and
+then ceased.
+
+"There's nearly five ounces in that lot, Mallet," said the captain,
+pointing to two buckets of wash-dirt. "Let us have a bathe, and then get
+something to eat before it is too dark."
+
+"The natives say we ought to get back to the house, sir, instead of
+sleeping here tonight. They say a heavy storm is coming on, and we'll be
+washed out of the camp."
+
+"Very well, Mallet I don't want to stay here, I can assure you. Tell
+them to hurry up, then. Get the shovels and other gear, and let us start
+as quickly as possible. It will take us a good three hours to get back
+to the house."
+
+By sunset they started, walking in single file along the narrow,
+dangerous mountain-path, a false step on which meant a fall of hundreds
+of feet.
+
+Half-way down, the storm overtook them, but guided by the surefooted
+natives they pressed steadily on, gained the level ground, and at last
+reached the house about ten o'clock.
+
+"Now that we have come so far we might as well go on board and give
+my wife a surprise," said Corwell to Mallet. "Look, the rain is taking
+off."
+
+"Not for long, sir. But if we start at once we may get aboard afore it
+starts again."
+
+Two willing natives, wet and shivering as they were, quickly baled out
+a canoe, and in a few minutes they were off, paddling down towards the
+sea. But scarce had they gone a few hundred yards when another sudden
+downpour of rain blotted out everything around them. But the natives
+paddled steadily on amid the deafening roar; the river was wide, and
+there was no danger of striking anything harder than the hanging branch
+of a tree or the soft banks.
+
+"I thought I heard voices just now," shouted Mallet.
+
+"Natives been out fishing," replied Corwell.
+
+As the canoe shot out through the mouth of the river into the open bay
+the rain ceased as suddenly as it began, and the _Ceres_ loomed up right
+ahead.
+
+"Don't hail them, Mallet. Let us go aboard quietly."
+
+They clambered up the side, the two natives following, and, wet and
+dripping, entered the cabin.
+
+Corwell stepped to the swinging lamp, which burnt dimly, and pricked up
+the wick. His wife seemed to be sound asleep on the cushioned transom
+locker.
+
+"Mary," he cried, "wake up, dearest. We---- ... Oh my God,Mallet!"
+
+He sprang to her side, and kneeling beside the still figure, placed his
+hand on the blood-stained bosom.
+
+"Dead! Dead! Murdered!" He rose to his feet, and stared wildly at
+Mallet, swayed to and fro, and then fell heavily forward.
+
+As the two natives stood at the cabin door, gazing in wondering horror
+at the scene, they heard a splash. Nakoda had jumped overboard and was
+swimming ashore.
+
+*****
+
+Long before dawn the native war-drums began to beat, and when Selak
+and his fellow-murderers reached the mouth of the river they ran into a
+fleet of canoes which waited for them. They fought like the tigers they
+were, but were soon overcome and made prisoners, tied hand and foot, and
+carried ashore to the "House of the Young Men." The gold was taken care
+of by the chief, who brought it on board to Corwell.
+
+"When do these men die?" he asked,
+
+"To-day," replied Corwell huskily; "to-day, after I have buried my
+wife."
+
+On a little island just within the barrier reef, she was laid to rest,
+with the never-ending cry of the surf for her requiem.
+
+At sunset, Corwell and Mallet left the ship and landed at the village,
+and as their feet touched the sand the war-drums broke out with
+deafening clamour. They each carried a cutlass, and walked quickly
+through the thronging natives to the "House of the Young Men."
+
+"Bring them out," said Corwell hoarsely to the chief.
+
+One by one Selak and his fellow-prisoners were brought out and placed
+on their feet, the bonds that held them were cut, and their hands
+seized and held widely apart. And then Corwell and Mallet thrust their
+cutlasses through the cruel hearts.
+
+*****
+
+
+
+
+POISONOUS FISH OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS
+
+Many years ago I was sent with a wrecking party of native seamen to take
+possession of a Swedish barque which had gone ashore on the reef of one
+of the Marshall Islands, in the North Pacific. My employers, who had
+bought the vessel for 100, were in hopes that she might possibly be
+floated, patched up, and brought to Sydney. However, on arriving at the
+island I found that she was hopelessly bilged, so we at once set to work
+to strip her of everything of value, especially her copper, which was
+new. It was during these operations that I made acquaintance with both
+poisonous and stinging fish. There were not more than sixty or seventy
+natives living on the island, and some of these, as soon as we anchored
+in the lagoon, asked me to caution my own natives--who came from various
+other Pacific islands--not to eat any fish they might catch in the
+lagoon until each one had been examined by a local man. I followed their
+injunction, and for two or three weeks all went well; then came trouble.
+
+I had brought down with me from Sydney a white carpenter--one of the
+most obstinate, cross-grained old fellows that ever trod a deck, but an
+excellent workman if humoured a little. At his own request he lived on
+board the wrecked barque, instead of taking up his quarters on shore in
+the native village with the rest of the wrecking party. One evening as I
+was returning from the shore to the schooner--I always slept on board--I
+saw the old man fishing from the waist of the wreck, for it was high
+tide, and there was ten feet of water around the ship. I saw him
+excitedly haul in a good-sized fish, and, hailing him, inquired how many
+he had caught, and if he were sure they were not poisonous? He replied
+that he had caught five, and that "there was nothin' the matter with
+them." Knowing what a self-willed, ignorant man he was, I thought I
+should have a look at the fish and satisfy myself; so I ran the boat
+alongside and clambered on board, followed by two of my native crew. The
+moment we opened the fishes' mouths and looked down their throats we saw
+the infallible sign which denoted their highly poisonous condition--a
+colouring of bright orange with thin reddish-brown streaks. The old
+fellow grumbled excessively when I told him to throw them overboard, and
+then somewhat annoyed me by saying that all the talk about them being
+unsafe was bunkum. He had, he said, caught and eaten just the same kind
+of fish at Vavau, in the Tonga Islands, time and time again. It was no
+use arguing with such a creature, so, after again warning him not to eat
+any fish of any kind unless the natives "passed" them as non-poisonous,
+I left him and went on board my own vessel.
+
+We had supper rather later than usual that evening, and, as the mate and
+myself were smoking on deck about nine o'clock, we heard four shots in
+rapid succession fired from the wreck. Knowing that something was wrong,
+I called a couple of hands, and in a few minutes was pulled on board,
+where I found the old carpenter lying writhing in agony, his features
+presenting a truly shocking and terrifying appearance. His revolver lay
+on the deck near him--he had fired it to bring assistance. I need not
+here describe the peculiarly drastic remedies adopted by the natives to
+save the man's life. They at first thought the case was a hopeless one,
+but by daylight the patient was out of danger. He was never able to turn
+to again as long as we were on the island, and suffered from the effects
+of the fish for quite two or three years. He had, he afterwards told me,
+made up his mind to eat some of the fish that evening to show me that he
+was right and I was wrong.
+
+A few weeks after this incident myself and a native lad named Viri,
+who was one of our crew and always my companion in fishing or shooting
+excursions, went across the lagoon to some low sandy islets, where we
+were pretty sure of getting a turtle or two. Viri's father and mother
+were Samoans, but he had been born on Nassau Island, a lonely spot in
+the South Pacific, where he had lived till he was thirteen years of
+age. He was now fifteen, and a smarter, more cheerful, more intelligent
+native boy I had never met.
+
+His knowledge of bird and fish life was a never-ending source of
+pleasure and instruction to me, and the late Earl of Pembroke and Sir
+William Flower would have delighted in him.
+
+It was dead low tide when we reached the islets, so taking our spears
+with us we set out along the reef to look for turtle in the many
+deep and winding pools which broke up the surface of the reef. After
+searching for some time together without success, Viri left me and
+went off towards the sea, I keeping to the inner side of the lagoon.
+Presently in a shallow pool about ten feet in circumference I espied
+a small but exceedingly beautiful fish. It was about four inches in
+length, and two and a half inches in depth, and as it kept perfectly
+still I had time to admire its brilliant hues--blue and yellow-banded
+sides with fins and tail tipped with vivid crimson spots. Around the
+eyes were a number of dark yellowish or orange-coloured rings, and the
+eyes themselves were large, bright, and staring. It displayed no alarm
+at my presence, but presently swam slowly to the side of the pool and
+disappeared under the coral ledge. I determined to catch and examine
+the creature, and in a few minutes I discovered it resting in such a
+position that I could grasp it with my hand. I did so, and seizing it
+firmly by the back and belly, whipped it up out of the water, but not
+before I felt several sharp pricks from its fins. Holding it so as to
+study it closely, I suddenly dropped it in disgust, as strange violent
+pains shot through my hand. In another two minutes they had so increased
+in their intensity that I became alarmed and shouted to Viri to come
+back. Certainly not more than five or ten minutes elapsed before he
+was with me; to me it seemed ages, for by this time the pain was
+excruciating. A look at the fish told him nothing; he had never seen
+one like it before. How I managed to get back to the schooner and live
+through the next five or six hours of agony I cannot tell. Twice I
+fainted, and at times became delirious. The natives could do nothing for
+me, but said that the pain would moderate before morning, especially if
+the fish was dead. Had its fins struck into my foot instead of my hand I
+should have died, they asserted; and then they told the mate and myself
+that one day a mischievous boy who had speared one of these abominable
+fish threw it at a young woman who was standing some distance away. It
+struck her on the foot, the spines penetrating a vein, and the poor girl
+died in terrible agony on the following day. By midnight the pain I
+was enduring began to moderate, though my hand and arm were swollen
+to double the proper size, and a splitting headache kept me awake
+till daylight. The shock to the system affected me for quite a week
+afterward.
+
+During many subsequent visits to the Marshall Group our crews were
+always cautioned by the people of the various islands about eating
+fish or shell-fish without submitting them to local examination. In the
+Radack chain of this widely spread out archipelago we found that the
+lagoons were comparatively free from poisonous fish, while the Ralick
+lagoons were infested with them, quite 30 per cent, being highly
+dangerous at all times of the year, and nearly 50 per cent at other
+seasons. Jaluit Lagoon was, and is now, notorious for its poisonous
+fish. It is a curious fact that fish of a species which you may eat with
+perfect safety, say, in the middle of the month, will be pronounced by
+the expert natives to be dangerous a couple of weeks later, and that
+in a "school" of pink rock bream numbering many hundreds some may have
+their poison highly developed, others in but a minor degree, whilst many
+may be absolutely free from the taint. In the year 1889 the crew of a
+large German ship anchored in one of the Marshall Islands caught some
+very large and handsome fish of the bream kind, and the resident natives
+pronounced them "good." Three or four days later some more were taken,
+and the cook did not trouble to ask native opinion. The result was that
+eight or nine men were taken seriously ill, and for some time the lives
+of several were despaired of. Two of them had not recovered the use
+of their hands and feet at the end of ten weeks, and their faces,
+especially the eyes and mouth, seemed to be permanently, though slightly
+distorted. All the men agreed in one particular, that at midday they
+suffered most--agonising cramps, accompanied by shooting pains in the
+head and continuous vomiting to the point of exhaustion, these symptoms
+being very pronounced during the first week or eight days after the fish
+had been eaten.
+
+That kind-hearted and unfortunate officer, Commodore J. G. Goodenough,
+took an interest in the poisonous and stinging fish of the Pacific
+Islands, and one day showed me, preserved in spirits of wine, a
+specimen of the dreaded _no'u_ fish of the Hervey Group--one of the most
+repulsive-looking creatures it is possible to imagine out of a child's
+fairy book. The deadly poison which this fish ejects is contained in a
+series of sacs at the base of the spines, and the commodore intended to
+submit it to an analyist. By a strange coincidence this gallant seaman
+a few months afterwards died from the effects of a poisoned arrow shot
+into his side by the natives of Nukapu, one of the Santa Cruz group of
+islands.
+
+This _no'u_ however, which is the _nofu_ of the Samoans, and is widely
+known throughout Polynesia, and Melanesia under different names, does
+not disguise its deadly character under a beautiful exterior like the
+stinging fish of Micronesia, which I have described above. The
+_nofu_ which is also met with on the coasts of Australia, is a devil
+undisguised, and belongs to the angler family. Like the octopus or the
+death-adder (_Acanthopis antarctica_) of Australia, he can assimilate
+his colour to his environment. His hideous wrinkled head, with his
+staring goggle eyes, are often covered with fine wavy seaweed, which in
+full-grown specimens sometimes extends right down the back to the tail.
+From the top of the upper jaw, along the back and sides, are scores of
+needle-pointed spines, every one of which is a machine for the ejection
+of the venom contained at the root. As the creature lies hidden in a
+niche of coral awaiting its prey--it is a voracious feeder--it cannot be
+distinguished except by the most careful scrutiny; then you may see that
+under the softly waving and suspended piece of seaweed (as you imagine
+it to be) there are fins and a tail. And, as the _nofu_ has a huge
+mouth, which is carefully concealed by a fringe of apparently harmless
+seaweed or other marine growth, he snaps up every unfortunate small fish
+which comes near him. In the Pacific Islands the _nofu_ (_i.e._, "the
+waiting one ") is generally a dark brown, inclining to black, with
+splashes or blotches of orange, or marbled red and grey. In Australian
+waters--I have caught them in the Parramatta river, Port Jackson--they
+are invariably either a dark brown or a horrid, dulled yellow.
+
+Despite its poison-injecting apparatus this fish is eaten by the natives
+of the Society, Hervey, and Paumotu groups of islands, in the South
+Pacific, where its flesh is considered a delicacy. It is prepared for
+cookery by being skinned, in which operation the venomous sacks are
+removed. In 1882, when I was living on the island of Peru in the Gilbert
+Group (the Francis Island of the Admiralty charts), a Chinese trader
+there constantly caught them in the lagoon and ate them in preference
+to any other fish. Here in Peru the _nofu_ would bury itself in the soft
+sand and watch for its prey, and could always be taken with a hook. And
+yet in Eastern Polynesia and in the Equatorial Islands of the Pacific
+many deaths have occurred through the sting of this fish, children
+invariably succumbing to tetanus within twenty-four hours of being
+stung.
+
+A little more about poisonous fish, _i.e._, fish which at one time of
+the year are good and palatable food and at others deadly. In the lagoon
+island of Nukufetau (the "De Peyster Island" of the charts), where the
+writer lived for twelve months, the fish both within the lagoon and
+outside the barrier reef became highly poisonous at certain times of the
+year. Flying-fish (which were never caught inside the lagoon) would be
+safe to eat if taken on the lee side of the island, dangerous, or at
+least doubtful, if taken on the weather side; _manini_, a small striped
+fish much relished by the natives, would be safe to eat if caught on the
+reef on the western side of the island, slightly poisonous if taken four
+miles away on the inside shore of the eastern islets encompassing
+the lagoon. Sharks captured outside the reef, if eaten, would produce
+symptoms of poisoning--vomiting, excessive purging, and tetanus in a
+modified form; if caught inside the reef and eaten no ill effects would
+follow. Crayfish on one side of the lagoon were safe; three miles away
+they were highly impregnated with this mysterious poison, the origin of
+which has not yet been well defined by scientists.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and,
+Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND ***
+
+***** This file should be named 24446-8.txt or 24446-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/4/4/24446/
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/24446-8.zip b/24446-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c29cf98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24446-8.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/24446-h.zip b/24446-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..998bd4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24446-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/24446-h/24446-h.htm b/24446-h/24446-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9c7b7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24446-h/24446-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,1659 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html
+ PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" >
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
+ <title>
+ John Corwell, Sailor and Miner; and Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve">
+
+ body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify}
+ P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; }
+ H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; }
+ hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;}
+ .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; }
+ blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+ .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;}
+ .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;}
+ .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;}
+ div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; }
+ div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; }
+ .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;}
+ .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;}
+ .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal;
+ margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%;
+ text-align: right;}
+ pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;}
+
+</style>
+ </head>
+ <body>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and,
+Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and, Poisonous Fish
+ 1901
+
+Author: Louis Becke
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2008 [EBook #24446]
+Last Updated: March 8, 2018
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ <br /><br />
+ </p>
+ <h1>
+ JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR and MINER <br /><br /> and POISONOUS FISH
+ </h1>
+ <p>
+ <br />
+ </p>
+ <h2>
+ By Louis Becke
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ <br />
+ </p>
+ <h4>
+ T. Fisher Unwin, 1901
+ </h4>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <h2>
+ Contents
+ </h2>
+ <table summary="" style="margin-right: auto; margin-left: auto">
+ <tr>
+ <td>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0001"> <big><b>JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND MINER</b></big>
+ </a>
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0002"> I </a>
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0003"> II </a>
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0004"> III </a>
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0005"> IV </a>
+ </p>
+ <br />
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0006"> <big><b>POISONOUS FISH OF THE PACIFIC
+ ISLANDS</b></big> </a>
+ </p>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+ </table>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h1>
+ JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND MINER
+ </h1>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ I
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Am I to have no privacy at all?&rdquo; demanded the Governor irritably as the
+ orderly again tapped at the open door and announced another visitor. &ldquo;Who
+ is he and what does he want?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Mr. John Corwell, your Excellency, master of the cutter <i>Ceres</i>,
+ from the South Seas.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Governor's brows relaxed somewhat. &ldquo;Let him come in in ten minutes,
+ Cleary, but tell him at the same time that I am very tired&mdash;too tired
+ to listen unless he has something of importance to say.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The day had indeed been a most tiring one to the worthy Governor of the
+ colony of New South Wales, just then struggling weakly in its infancy, and
+ only emerging from the horrors of actual starvation, caused by the utter
+ neglect of the Home authorities to send out further supplies of
+ provisions. Prisoners of both sexes came in plenty, but brought nothing to
+ eat with them; the military officers who should have helped him in his
+ arduous labours were secretly plotting against him, and their spare time&mdash;and
+ they had plenty&mdash;was devoted to writing letters home to highly-placed
+ personages imploring them to induce the Government to break up the
+ settlement and not &ldquo;waste the health and lives of even these abandoned
+ convicts in trying to found a colony in the most awful and hideous desert
+ the eye of man had ever seen, a place which can never be useful to man and
+ is accursed by God.&rdquo; But the Governor took no heed. Mutiny and discontent
+ he had fought in his silent, determined way as he fought grim famine,
+ sparing himself nothing, toiling from dawn till dark, listening to
+ complaints, remedying abuses, punishing with swift severity those who
+ deserved it, and yet always preserving the same cold, unbending dignity of
+ manner which covered a highly-sensitive and deeply sympathetic nature.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But on this particular day, fatigue, the intense heat, which had
+ prevailed, a violent quarrel between the intriguing major commanding the
+ marines, and many other lesser worries, had been almost more than he could
+ bear, so it may well be imagined that he was more inclined for rest than
+ talk.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Ten, twenty minutes, and then the thin, spare figure raised itself wearily
+ from the rude sofa. He must see his visitor. He had promised to do so, and
+ the sooner it was over the better. He called to the orderly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Tell Mr.&mdash;Corwell you said?&mdash;to come in.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A heavy step sounded on the bare floor, and one ot the finest specimens of
+ manhood Governor Arthur Phillip had ever seen in all his long naval career
+ stood before him and saluted. There was something so pleasant and yet so
+ manly in the handsome, cleanshaven and deeply-bronzed face, that the
+ Governor was at once attracted to him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Be seated, Mr. Corwell,&rdquo; he said in his low, yet clear tones. &ldquo;I am very
+ tired, so you must not keep me long.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Certainly not, your Excellency. But I thought, sir, that you would prefer
+ to hear the report of my voyage personally. I have discovered a
+ magnificent harbour north of the Solomon Islands, and&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Ha! And so you came to me. Very sensible, very sensible of you. I am
+ obliged to you, sir. Tell me all about it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Certainly, your Excellency; but I regret I have intruded on you this
+ evening. Perhaps, sir, you will permit me to call again to-morrow?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, no, not at all,&rdquo; was the energetic reply. I am always ready to hear
+ anything of this nature.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I knew that, sir, for the masters of the <i>Breckenbridge</i> and another
+ transport told me that you were most anxious to learn of any discoveries
+ in the Pacific Islands.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Very true, sir. I am looking forward to hear from them and from the
+ masters of other transports which I am inducing to follow the whale
+ fishery on their return voyage to England <i>via</i> Batavia. But so far I
+ have heard nothing from any one of them.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Encouraged and pleased at the Governor's manner, the master of the <i>Ceres</i>
+ at once produced a roughly executed plan and a detailed written
+ description of the harbour, which, he asserted with confidence, was one of
+ the finest in that part of the Pacific. A broad, deep stream of water ran
+ from the lofty range of mountains which traversed the island north and
+ south and fell into a spacious bay, on the shores of which was a large and
+ populous native village, whose inhabitants had treated Cornell and the few
+ men of his ship's company with considerable kindness, furnishing them not
+ only with wood and water, but an ample supply of fresh provisions as well.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ During the two weeks that the <i>Ceres</i> lay at anchor, Corwell and two
+ or three of his hands unhesitatingly trusted themselves among the natives,
+ who escorted them inland and around the coast. Everywhere was evidence of
+ the extraordinary fertility of the island, which, in the vicinity of the
+ seashore, was highly cultivated, each family's plantation being enclosed
+ by stone fences, while their houses were strongly built and neatly
+ constructed. The broad belt of the slopes of the mountains were covered
+ with magnificent timber, which Corwell believed to be teak, equal in
+ quality to any he had seen in the East Indies, and which he said could be
+ easily brought down to the seashore for shipment owing to there being
+ several other large streams beside the one on whose banks the principal
+ village was built.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Governor was much interested, and complimented the young seaman on the
+ manner in which he had written out his description of the place and his
+ observations on the character and customs of the inhabitants.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Such information as you have given me, Mr. Corwell, is always valuable,
+ and I give you my best thanks. I wish I could do more; and had I the
+ means, men, and money to spare I should send a vessel there and to other
+ islands in the vicinity to make further examination, for I believe that
+ from those islands to the northward we can obtain invaluable food supplies
+ in the future. The winds are more favourable for making a quick voyage
+ there and back than they are to those groups to the eastward; but,&rdquo; and
+ here he sighed, &ldquo;our condition is such that I fear it will be many years
+ ere His Majesty will consent to such an undertaking. But much may be done
+ at private cost&mdash;perhaps in the near future.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The young man remained silent for a moment or two; then with some
+ hesitation he said, as he took a small paper packet from his coat pocket
+ and handed it to the Governor, &ldquo;Will your Excellency look at this and tell
+ me what it is. I&mdash;I imagine it is pure gold, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Gold, gold!&rdquo; and something like a frown contracted the Governor's pale
+ brows; &ldquo;ever since the settlement was formed I've been pestered with tales
+ of gold, and a pretty expense it has run me into sending parties out to
+ search for it. Why, only six months ago a rascally prisoner gulled one of
+ my officers into letting him lead an expedition into the bush&mdash;the
+ fellow had filed down a brass bolt&mdash;&rdquo; he looked up and caught sight
+ of the dark flush which had suddenly suffused his visitor's face&mdash;&ldquo;but
+ I do not for a moment imagine you are playing upon my credulity, Mr.
+ Corwell.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He untied the string and opened the packet, and in an instant an
+ exclamation of astonishment and pleasure escaped as he saw that the folds
+ of paper held quite three ounces of bright and flaky water-worn gold.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;This certainly <i>is</i> gold, sir. May I ask where you obtained it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I made the voyage to Sydney Cove to tell your Excellency of two
+ discoveries&mdash;one was of the fine harbour, the other was of this gold,
+ which my wife (who is a native of Ternate) and myself ourselves washed out
+ of the bed of a small stream; the natives helped us, but attached not the
+ slightest value to our discovery. In fact, sir, they assured us as well as
+ they could that much more was to be had in every river on the island.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Your wife was it, then, or yourself, who first recognised what it was?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;She did, sir. She has seen much of it in the hands of the Bugis and Arab
+ traders in her native country.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Governor moved his slender forefinger to and fro amid the shining,
+ heavy particles, then he pondered deeply for some minutes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Tell me frankly, Mr. Corwell&mdash;why did you make a long voyage to this
+ settlement to tell <i>me</i> of your discovery?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;In the hope, sir, that you would advise and perhaps assist me. My crew
+ are Malays and Chinese and would have murdered me if they knew what I
+ knew. Will your Excellency tell me the proper course to pursue so that I
+ may be protected in my discovery? I am a poor man, though my ship is my
+ own, but she is old and leaky and must undergo heavy repairs before she
+ leaves Sydney Cove again; my present crew I wish to replace by half a
+ dozen respectable Englishmen, and&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Governor shook his head. &ldquo;I will do all I can to help you, but I
+ cannot provide you with men. The island which you have visited may have
+ been discovered and taken possession of by France, two of whose exploring
+ ships were in these seas a few years ago, and even if that is not the case
+ I could not take possession of them for His Majesty, as I have no
+ commissioned officer to spare to undertake such a duty. Yet, if such an
+ officer were available, Mr. Corwell, I would be strongly tempted to send
+ him with you, hoist the British flag, and then urge the Home Government to
+ confirm my action and secure to you the right, subject to the King's
+ royalties, to work these gold deposits. But I am powerless&mdash;much as I
+ wish to aid you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A look of disappointment clouded the young captain's handsome features.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Would your Excellency permit me to endeavour to find three or four seamen
+ myself? There is a transport ready to sail for England, and I may be able
+ to get some men from her.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I doubt it. Unless you revealed the object of your voyage&mdash;which
+ would be exceedingly foolish of you&mdash;you could not induce them to
+ make a voyage in such a small vessel as yours to islands inhabited mostly
+ by ferocious savages. But this much I can and will do for you. I will
+ direct Captain Hunter of the <i>Sirius</i>, the only King's ship I have
+ here, to set his carpenters to work on your vessel as soon as ever you
+ careen her; I will supply you at my own private cost with arms and
+ ammunition and a new suit of sails. Provisions I cannot give you&mdash;God
+ knows we want them badly enough ourselves, although we are not now in such
+ a bad plight as we were ten months ago. Yet for all that I may be able to
+ get you a cask or two of beef.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is most generous of you, sir. I will not, however, take the beef,
+ your Excellency. But for the sails and the repairs to my poor little
+ vessel I thank you, sir, most heartily and sincerely. And I pledge you my
+ word of honour, as well as giving you my written bond, that I will redeem
+ my obligations to you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And if you fail I shall be content, for I well know that it will be no
+ fault of yours. But stay, Mr. Corwell; I must have one condition.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Name it, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You too must pledge me your honour that you will not reveal the secret of
+ your discovery of gold to any one in the settlement. This I do not demand&mdash;I
+ ask it as a favour.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Then the Governor took him, guardedly enough, into his confidence. With a
+ thousand convicts, most of them utter ruffians, guarded by a scanty force
+ or marines, the news of gold having been found would, he was sure, have a
+ disastrous effect, and lead to open revolt. The few small merchant ships
+ which were in port were partly manned by convict seamen, and there was
+ every likelihood of them being seized by gangs of desperate criminals,
+ fired with the idea of reaching the golden island. Already a party of
+ convicts had escaped with the mad idea of walking to China, which they
+ believed was only separated from Australia by a large river which existed
+ a few hundred miles to the northward of the settlement. Some of them died
+ of thirst, others were slaughtered by the blacks, and the wounded and
+ exhausted survivors were glad to make their way back again to their
+ gaolers.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Cornell listened intently, and gave his promise readily. Then he rose to
+ go, and the Governor held out his hand.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good evening, Mr. Cornell. I must see you again before you sail.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ II
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ One evening, three weeks later&mdash;so vigorously had the carpenter's
+ mates from the old frigate <i>Sirius</i> got through their work&mdash;the
+ <i>Ceres</i> was ready for sea. She was to sail on the following morning,
+ and Corwell, having just returned from the shore, where he had been to say
+ goodbye to the kind-hearted Governor, was pacing the deck with his wife,
+ his smiling face and eager tones showing that he was well pleased.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He had reason to be pleased, for unusual luck had attended him. Not only
+ had his ship been thoroughly and efficiently repaired, but he had replaced
+ six of his untrustworthy Malays by four good, sturdy British seamen, one
+ of whom he had appointed mate. These men had arrived at Sydney Cove in a
+ transport a few days after his interview with the Governor; the transport
+ had been condemned, and Corwell, much to his delight, found that out of
+ her crew of thirty, four were willing to come with him on what he
+ cautiously described as a &ldquo;voyage of venture to the South Seas.&rdquo; All of
+ them had served in the navy, and the captain of the transport and his
+ officers gave them excellent characters for sobriety and seamanship. Out
+ of the sixty or seventy pounds which still remained to him he had given
+ them a substantial advance, and the cheerful manner in which they turned
+ to and helped the carpenters from the frigate convinced him that he had
+ secured decent, reliable men, to whom he thought he could reveal the real
+ object of his voyage later on.
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ Two years before Cornell had been mate of a &ldquo;country&rdquo; ship employed in
+ trading between Calcutta and the Moluccas. The Ternate agent of the owners
+ of the ship was an Englishman named Leighton, a widower with one daughter,
+ whose mother had died when the girl was fifteen. With this man the young
+ officer struck up a friendship, and before six months had passed he was
+ the acknowledged suitor of Mary Leighton, with whom he had fallen in love
+ at first sight, and who quickly responded to his affection. She was then
+ twenty-two years of age, tall and fair, with dark hazel eyes, like her
+ English mother, and possessed of such indomitable spirit and courage that
+ her father often laughingly declared it was she, and not he, who really
+ managed the business which he controlled.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ And she really did much to help him; she knew his weak, vacillating, and
+ speculative nature would long since have left them penniless had he not
+ yielded to her advice and protests on many occasions, Generous and
+ extravagantly hospitable, he spent his money lavishly, and had squandered
+ two or three fortunes in wild business ventures in the Indian Seas instead
+ of saving one. Latterly, however, he had been more careful, and when
+ Corwell had made his acquaintance he had two vessels&mdash;a barque and a
+ brig&mdash;both of which were very profitably engaged in the Manila-China
+ trade, and he was now sanguine or mending his broken fortunes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Isolated as were father and daughter from the advantages of constant
+ intercourse with European society, the duty of educating the girl was a
+ task of love to her remaining parent, who, before he entered &ldquo;John
+ Company's&rdquo; service, had travelled much in Europe. Yet, devoted as he was
+ to her, and looking forward with some dread to the coming loneliness of
+ life which would be his when she married, he cheerfully gave his consent
+ to her union with John Cornell, for whom he had conceived a strong liking,
+ and who, he knew, would make her a good husband.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They were married at Batavia, to which port they were accompanied by Mr.
+ Leighton, who, during the voyage, had pressed Corwell to leave his then
+ employment and join him in a venture which had occupied his mind for the
+ past year. This was to despatch either the barque or brig, laden with
+ trade goods, to the Society Islands in the South Pacific, to barter for
+ coconut oil and pearl shell.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Leighton was certain that there was a fortune awaiting the man who entered
+ upon the venture, and his arguments so convinced the young man that he
+ consented.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On arrival at Batavia they found there the officers and crew of a
+ shipwrecked English vessel, and one of the former eagerly took Corwell's
+ place as chief mate, his captain offering no objection. A few weeks after
+ Mr. Leighton hired the <i>Ceres</i> to take himself, his daughter, and her
+ husband back to Ternate, eager to begin the work of fitting out one of his
+ vessels for the voyage that was to bring them fortune. He, it was
+ arranged, was to remain at Ternate, Mary was to sail with her husband to
+ the South Seas.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But a terrible shock awaited them. As the <i>Ceres</i> sailed up to her
+ anchorage before Mr. Leighton's house, his Chinese clerk came on board
+ with the news that the barque had foundered in a typhoon, and the brig had
+ been plundered and burnt by pirates within a few miles of Canton. The
+ unfortunate man gave one last appealing look at his daughter and then fell
+ on the deck at her feet He never spoke again, and died in a few hours.
+ When his affairs came to be settled up, it was found that, after paying
+ his debts, there was less than four hundred pounds left&mdash;a sum little
+ more than that which Corwell had managed to save out of his own wages.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Never mind, Jack,&rdquo; said Mary. &ldquo;'Tis little enough, but yet 'tis enough.
+ And, Jack, let us go away from here. I should not care now to meet any of
+ the people father knew in his prosperity.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Cornell kissed his wife, and then they at once discussed the future. Half
+ an hour later he had bought the <i>Ceres</i> from her captain (who was
+ also the owner), paid him his money and taken possession. Before the week
+ was out he had bought all the trade goods he could afford to pay for,
+ shipped a crew of Malays and Chinese, and, with Mary by his side, watched
+ Ternate sink astern as the <i>Ceres</i> began her long voyage to the South
+ Seas.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After a three weeks' voyage along the northern and eastern shores of New
+ Guinea the <i>Ceres</i> came to an anchor in the harbour which Cornell had
+ described to the Governor. The rest of his story, up to the time of his
+ arrival in Sydney Cove, the reader knows. *****
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Steadily northward under cloudless skies the high-pooped, bluff-bowed
+ little vessel had sailed, favoured by leading winds nearly all the way,
+ for four-and-twenty days, when, on the morning of the twenty-fifth,
+ Corwell, who had been up aloft scanning the blue loom of a lofty island
+ which lay right ahead, descended to the deck with a smiling face.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is not only the island itself, Mary, but with this breeze we have a
+ clear run for the big village in the bay; I can see the spur on the
+ southern side quite clearly.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I'm so glad, Jack, dear. And how you have worried and fumed for the past
+ three days!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I feared we had got too far to the westward, my girl,&rdquo; he said. Then
+ telling the mate to keep away a couple of points, he went below to pore
+ over the plan of the harbour, a copy of which had been taken by the
+ Governor, As he studied it his wife's fingers passed lovingly through and
+ through his curly locks. He looked up, put his arm around her waist, and
+ swung her to a seat on his knees.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think, Mary, I can tell the men now.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I'm sure you can! The sooner you take them into your confidence the
+ better.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Corwell nodded. During the voyage he had watched the mate and three white
+ seamen keenly, and was thoroughly satisfied with them. The remainder of
+ the crew&mdash;three Manila men and two Penang Malays&mdash;did their duty
+ well enough, but both he and his wife knew from long experience that such
+ people were not to be trusted when their avarice was aroused. He resolved,
+ therefore, to rely entirely upon his white crew and the natives of the
+ island to help him in obtaining the gold. Yet, as he could not possibly
+ keep the operations a secret from the five men he distrusted, he decided,
+ as a safeguard against their possible and dangerous ill-will, to promise
+ them double wages from the day he found that gold was to be obtained in
+ payable quantities. As for the mate and three other white men, they should
+ have one-fifth of all the gold won between them, he keeping the remaining
+ four-fifths for himself and wife.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He put his head up the companion-way and called to the man whom he had
+ appointed mate.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come below, Mallett, and bring Totten, Harris, and Sam with you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Wondering what was the matter the four men came into the cabin. As soon as
+ they were standing together at the head of the little table, the captain's
+ wife went quietly on deck to see that none of the coloured crew came aft
+ to listen.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now, men,&rdquo; said Corwell, &ldquo;I have something important to tell you. I
+ believe I can trust you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Then in as few words as possible he told them the object of the voyage and
+ his intentions towards them. At first they seemed somewhat incredulous,
+ but when they were shown some of the gold their doubts vanished, and they
+ one and all swore to be honest and true to him and to obey him faithfully
+ whether afloat or ashore, in fair or evil fortune.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From his scanty store of liquor the captain took a bottle of rum, and they
+ drank to their future success; then Corwell shook each man's hand and sent
+ him on deck.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Just before dusk the <i>Ceres</i> ran in and dropped her clumsy,
+ wooden-stocked anchor in the crystal-clear water, a few cables' length
+ away from the village. As the natives recognised her a chorus of welcoming
+ shouts and cries pealed from the shore from five hundred dusky-hued
+ throats.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0004" id="link2H_4_0004">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ III
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ A blazing, tropic sun shone in mid-heaven upon the motionless waters of
+ the deep, land-locked bay in which the Ceres lay, with top-mast struck and
+ awnings spread fore and aft. A quarter of a mile away was the beach,
+ girdled with its thick belt of coco-palms whose fronds hung limp and hot
+ in the windless air as if gasping for breath. Here and there, among the
+ long line of white, lime-washed canoes, drawn up on the sand, snowy white
+ and blue cranes stalked to and fro seeking for the small thin-shelled
+ soldier crabs burrowing under the loose <i>débris</i> of leaves and fallen
+ palm-branches to escape the heat.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A few yards back from the level of high-water mark clustered the houses of
+ the native village, built on both sides of the bright, fast-flowing stream
+ which here, as it debouched into the sea, was wide and shallow, showing a
+ bottom composed of rounded black stones alternating with rocky bars. Along
+ the grassless banks, worn smooth by the constant tread of naked feet, grew
+ tall many-hued crotons, planted and carefully tended by their native
+ owners, and shielded from the rays of the sun by the ever-present
+ coco-palms. From either side of the bank, looking westward towards the
+ forest, there was a clear stretch of water half a mile in length, then the
+ river was hidden from view, for in its course from the mountains through
+ the heavily-jungled littoral it took many bends and twists, sometimes
+ running swiftly over rocky, gravelly beds, sometimes flowing noiselessly
+ through deep, muddy-bottomed pools and dank, steamy swamps, the haunt of
+ the silent, dreaded alligator.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At the head of the straight stretch of water of which I have spoken there
+ was on the left-hand bank of the river an open grassy sward, surrounded by
+ clumps of areca and coco-palms, and in the centre stood a large house,
+ built by native hands, but showing by various external signs that it was
+ tenanted by people other than the wild inhabitants of the island. Just in
+ front of the house, and surrounded by a number of canoes, the boat
+ belonging to the <i>Ceres</i> was moored to the bank, and under a long
+ open-sided, palm-thatched shed, were a number of brown-skinned naked
+ savages, some lying sleeping, others squatting on their hams,
+ energetically chewing betel nut.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As they talked and chewed and spat out the scarlet juice through their
+ hideous red lips and coaly black teeth, a canoe, paddled by two natives
+ and steered by Mallet, the mate of the <i>Ceres</i>, came up the river.
+ The instant it was seen a chorus of yells arose from the natives in the
+ long hut, and Mary Corwell came to the open doorway of the house and
+ looked out.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Wake up, wake up, Jack!&rdquo; she cried, turning her face inwards over her
+ graceful shoulder, &ldquo;here is Mallet.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Her voice awoke her husband, who in an instant sprang from his couch and
+ joined her, just as Mallet&mdash;a short, square-built man of fifty&mdash;stepped
+ out of the canoe and walked briskly towards them, wiping his broad, honest
+ face with a blue cotton handkerchief.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come inside, Mallet. 'Tis a bit cooler in here. I'm sorry I sent you down
+ to the ship on such a day as this.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mallet laughed good-naturedly. &ldquo;I didn't mind it, sir, though 'tis a
+ powerful hot day, and the natives are all lying asleep in their huts; they
+ can't understand why us works as we do in the sun. Lord, sir! How I should
+ like to see old Kingsdown and Walmer Castle to-day, all a-white with snow.
+ I was born at Deal.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mary Cornell brought the old seaman a young coconut to drink, and her
+ husband added a little rum; Mallet tossed it off and then sat down.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, sir, the ship is all right, and those chaps aboard seem content
+ enough. But I'm afeared that the worms are a-getting into her although she
+ is moored right abreast of the river. So I took it on me to tell Totten
+ and Harris to stay aboard whilst I came back to ask you if it wouldn't be
+ best for us to bring her right in to the fresh water, and moor her here,
+ right abreast o' the house. That'll kill any worms as has got into her
+ timbers. And we can tow her in the day after to-morrow, when there will be
+ a big tide.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You did quite right, Mallet. Very likely the worms have got into her
+ timbers in spite of her being abreast of the river's mouth. I should have
+ thought of this before.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Ah, Jack,&rdquo; said his wife, with a smile, &ldquo;we have thought too much of our
+ gold-getting and too little of the poor old <i>Ceres</i>.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, I shall think more of her now, Mary. And as the rains will be on us
+ in a few days&mdash;so the natives say&mdash;and we can do no more work
+ for three months, I think it will be as well for us to sail the <i>Ceres</i>
+ over to that chain of lagoon islands about thirty miles from here. I fear
+ to remain here during the wet season, on account of the fever.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After further discussion it was decided that Jack and Mallet, with some
+ natives, should make an early start in the morning for their mining camp,
+ six miles away, at the foot of the range, and do a long, last day's work,
+ returning to the house on the following day. Meanwhile a message was to be
+ sent to Harris and Totten to bring the vessel into the creek as soon as
+ the tide served, which would be in forty-eight hours. Then, whilst she lay
+ for a week in the fresh water, so as to kill the suspected <i>teredo
+ navalis</i> worms, which Mallet feared had attacked her, she was to be
+ made ready for the short voyage of thirty miles over to a cluster of
+ islands enclosing a spacious lagoon, where Corwell intended to beach her
+ till the rainy season was over, when he would return to work a very
+ promising stream in another locality. Already he and his men, aided by the
+ natives, had, in the four months that had passed since they arrived, won
+ nearly five hundred ounces of gold, crude as were their appliances.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Jack,&rdquo; said his wife, &ldquo;I think that, as you will be away all day and
+ night, to-morrow I shall go on board and see what I can do. I'll make the
+ men turn to and give the cabin a thorough overhauling. Marawa, the chiefs
+ wife, has given me a lot of sleeping-mats, and I shall throw those old
+ horrible flock mattresses overboard, and we shall have nice clean mats
+ instead to lie on.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ At daylight Mallet aroused the natives who were to accompany him and the
+ captain, and then told off two of them to make the boat ready for Mrs.
+ Corwell. Then he returned to the house and called out&mdash;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The boat is ready, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So am I, Mallet,&rdquo; replied Mary, tying on her old-fashioned sun-hood. Then
+ she turned to her husband. &ldquo;Jack, darling, this will be the very first
+ time in our married life that I have ever slept away from you, and it
+ shall be the last, too. But I <i>do</i> want to surprise you when you see
+ our cabin again.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ She put her lips up to him and kissed him half a dozen times. &ldquo;There,
+ that's a good-night and good morning three times over. Now I'm ready.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Corwell and Mallet walked down to the boat with her and saw her get in.
+ She kissed her hand to them and in a few minutes was out of sight.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ IV
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ A light, cool breeze, which had set in at daylight, was blowing when Mary
+ Corwell boarded the <i>Ceres</i>. Totten and Harris met her at the
+ gangway, caps in hand. Poor Sam, their former shipmate, had died of fever
+ a month before. They were delighted to hear that she intended to remain on
+ board, and Harris at once told Miguel, the scoundrelly-faced Manila cook,
+ to get breakfast ready.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And you must have your breakfast with me,&rdquo; said Mary, &ldquo;and after that you
+ must obey <i>my</i> orders. I am to be captain to-day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ As she and the two seamen sat aft under the awning, at their breakfast,
+ Selak, the leading Malay, and his fellows squatted on the fore-hatch and
+ talked in whispers.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I tell thee,&rdquo; said Selak, &ldquo;that I have seen it. On the evening of the day
+ when the man Sam died and was buried, I was sitting outside the house. It
+ was dark, and the Tuan Korwal thought I had returned to the ship. I crept
+ near and listened. They were speaking of what should be done with the dead
+ man's share of the gold. Then I looked through the cave side of the house,
+ and&mdash;dost remember that white basin of thine, Miguel?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Manila man nodded.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The white woman, at a sign from her husband, went into the inner room and
+ brought it out and placed it on the table. It was full to the brim with
+ gold! and there was more in a bag!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His listeners drew nearer to him, their dark eyes gleaming with avarice.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then the Tuan said, 'None of Sam's gold will I or my wife touch. Let it
+ be divided among you three. It is but fair.'
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They talked again, and then Mallet said to the Tuan, 'Captain, it shall
+ be as you wish. But let it all go together till the time comes for thee to
+ give us our share.'
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I watched the white woman take the basin and the bag, put them into a
+ box, and place the box in a hole in the ground in her sleeping-room. Then
+ I came away, for my heart was on fire with the wrong that hath been done
+ to us.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He rose to his feet and peered round the corner of the galley. Mary and
+ the two seamen were eating very leisurely.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Three of them are here now and will sleep aboard to-night. God hath given
+ them into our hands!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And what of the other two?&mdash;they are strong men,&rdquo; asked a wizen,
+ monkey-faced Malay, nicknamed Nakoda (the captain).
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Bah! What is a giant if he sleeps and a kriss is swept across his throat,
+ or a spear is thrust into his back from behind? They, too, shall die as
+ quickly as these who sit near us. Now listen. But sit thou out on the
+ deck, Miguel, so that thou canst warn us if either of those accursed dogs
+ approach.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The cook obeyed him silently.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;<i>This</i> it is to be. To-night these three here shall die in their
+ sleep, silently and without a sound. Then we, all but thou, Nakoda, shall
+ take the boat and go to the house. Both the Tuan and Mallet sleep heavily,
+ and&rdquo;&mdash;he drew his hand swiftly across his tawny throat.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And then?&rdquo; queried Nakoda.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And then the gold&mdash;the gold, or our share of which we have been
+ robbed&mdash;is ours, and the ship is ours, and I, Selak, will guide ye
+ all to Dobbo in the Aru Islands, where we shall be safe, and become great
+ men.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But,&rdquo; muttered another man, &ldquo;what if these black sons of Shaitan here of
+ the Island turn upon us after we have slain the white men?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Selak laughed scornfully. &ldquo;The sound of a gun terrifies them. They are
+ cowards, and will not seek to interfere with us.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ Night had fallen. The two white seamen, tired out with their day's work,
+ had spread their mats on the poop, and were sound in slumber. Below in the
+ cabin, the captain's wife lay reading by the light of a lamp; and Selak,
+ standing in the waist, could see its faint reflection shining through the
+ cabin door, which opened on to the main deck. Sitting on the fore-deck,
+ with their hands clutching their knives, his companions watched him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At last the light was lowered, and Mary closed her eyes and slept.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Malay waited patiently. One by one the remaining native fires on the
+ shore went out; and, presently, a chill gust of air swept down from the
+ mountains, and looking shoreward he saw that the sky to the eastward was
+ quickly darkening and hiding the stars&mdash;a heavy downpour of rain was
+ near.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He drew his kriss from its tortoiseshell sheath and felt the edge, made a
+ gesture to the crouching tigers for'ard, and then stepped lightly along
+ the deck to the open cabin door; the other four crept after him, then
+ stopped and waited&mdash;for less than a minute.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A faint, choking cry came from the cabin, and then Selak came out, his
+ kriss streaming with blood.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is done,&rdquo; he whispered, and pointing to the poop he sprang up.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Hi, there! what's the matter?&rdquo; cried Totten, who had heard the feint cry;
+ and then, too late, he drew his pistol from his belt and fired&mdash;as
+ Selak's kriss plunged into his chest. Poor Harris was slaughtered ere he
+ had opened his eyes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Spurning Totten's body with his naked foot, Selak cursed it. &ldquo;Accursed
+ Christian dog! Would I could bring thee to life so that I might kill thee
+ again!&rdquo; Then, as he heard the rushing hum of the coming rain squall, and
+ saw that the shore was hidden from view, as if a solid wall of white stone
+ had suddenly arisen between it and the ship, he grinned.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Bah! what does it matter? Had it been a cannon instead of a pistol it
+ could scarce have been heard on the shore in such a din.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Ordering the bodies of the two seamen to be thrown overboard, Selak, the
+ most courageous, entered the cabin, took a couple of muskets from the
+ rack, and some powder and ball from the mate's berth, and returning to his
+ followers, bade them bring the boat alongside.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Throw the woman after them,&rdquo; he cried to Nakoda, as the boat pushed off
+ into the darkness, just as the hissing rain began. &ldquo;We shall return ere it
+ is dawn.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Nakoda would have sprung over the side after the boat, but he feared the
+ sharks even more than Selak's kriss; so running for'ard, he crept into his
+ bunk and lay there, too terrified to move.
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ Mallet and Corwell, with the natives, worked hard till near sunset, and
+ then ceased.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;There's nearly five ounces in that lot, Mallet,&rdquo; said the captain,
+ pointing to two buckets of wash-dirt. &ldquo;Let us have a bathe, and then get
+ something to eat before it is too dark.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The natives say we ought to get back to the house, sir, instead of
+ sleeping here tonight. They say a heavy storm is coming on, and we'll be
+ washed out of the camp.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Very well, Mallet I don't want to stay here, I can assure you. Tell them
+ to hurry up, then. Get the shovels and other gear, and let us start as
+ quickly as possible. It will take us a good three hours to get back to the
+ house.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ By sunset they started, walking in single file along the narrow, dangerous
+ mountain-path, a false step on which meant a fall of hundreds of feet.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Half-way down, the storm overtook them, but guided by the surefooted
+ natives they pressed steadily on, gained the level ground, and at last
+ reached the house about ten o'clock.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now that we have come so far we might as well go on board and give my
+ wife a surprise,&rdquo; said Corwell to Mallet. &ldquo;Look, the rain is taking off.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not for long, sir. But if we start at once we may get aboard afore it
+ starts again.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Two willing natives, wet and shivering as they were, quickly baled out a
+ canoe, and in a few minutes they were off, paddling down towards the sea.
+ But scarce had they gone a few hundred yards when another sudden downpour
+ of rain blotted out everything around them. But the natives paddled
+ steadily on amid the deafening roar; the river was wide, and there was no
+ danger of striking anything harder than the hanging branch of a tree or
+ the soft banks.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I thought I heard voices just now,&rdquo; shouted Mallet.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Natives been out fishing,&rdquo; replied Corwell.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As the canoe shot out through the mouth of the river into the open bay the
+ rain ceased as suddenly as it began, and the <i>Ceres</i> loomed up right
+ ahead.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don't hail them, Mallet. Let us go aboard quietly.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They clambered up the side, the two natives following, and, wet and
+ dripping, entered the cabin.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Corwell stepped to the swinging lamp, which burnt dimly, and pricked up
+ the wick. His wife seemed to be sound asleep on the cushioned transom
+ locker.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Mary,&rdquo; he cried, &ldquo;wake up, dearest. We&mdash;&mdash; ... Oh my
+ God,Mallet!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He sprang to her side, and kneeling beside the still figure, placed his
+ hand on the blood-stained bosom.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Dead! Dead! Murdered!&rdquo; He rose to his feet, and stared wildly at Mallet,
+ swayed to and fro, and then fell heavily forward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As the two natives stood at the cabin door, gazing in wondering horror at
+ the scene, they heard a splash. Nakoda had jumped overboard and was
+ swimming ashore.
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ Long before dawn the native war-drums began to beat, and when Selak and
+ his fellow-murderers reached the mouth of the river they ran into a fleet
+ of canoes which waited for them. They fought like the tigers they were,
+ but were soon overcome and made prisoners, tied hand and foot, and carried
+ ashore to the &ldquo;House of the Young Men.&rdquo; The gold was taken care of by the
+ chief, who brought it on board to Corwell.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;When do these men die?&rdquo; he asked,
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;To-day,&rdquo; replied Corwell huskily; &ldquo;to-day, after I have buried my wife.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On a little island just within the barrier reef, she was laid to rest,
+ with the never-ending cry of the surf for her requiem.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At sunset, Corwell and Mallet left the ship and landed at the village, and
+ as their feet touched the sand the war-drums broke out with deafening
+ clamour. They each carried a cutlass, and walked quickly through the
+ thronging natives to the &ldquo;House of the Young Men.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Bring them out,&rdquo; said Corwell hoarsely to the chief.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ One by one Selak and his fellow-prisoners were brought out and placed on
+ their feet, the bonds that held them were cut, and their hands seized and
+ held widely apart. And then Corwell and Mallet thrust their cutlasses
+ through the cruel hearts.
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0006" id="link2H_4_0006">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ POISONOUS FISH OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ Many years ago I was sent with a wrecking party of native seamen to take
+ possession of a Swedish barque which had gone ashore on the reef of one of
+ the Marshall Islands, in the North Pacific. My employers, who had bought
+ the vessel for £100, were in hopes that she might possibly be floated,
+ patched up, and brought to Sydney. However, on arriving at the island I
+ found that she was hopelessly bilged, so we at once set to work to strip
+ her of everything of value, especially her copper, which was new. It was
+ during these operations that I made acquaintance with both poisonous and
+ stinging fish. There were not more than sixty or seventy natives living on
+ the island, and some of these, as soon as we anchored in the lagoon, asked
+ me to caution my own natives&mdash;who came from various other Pacific
+ islands&mdash;not to eat any fish they might catch in the lagoon until
+ each one had been examined by a local man. I followed their injunction,
+ and for two or three weeks all went well; then came trouble.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ I had brought down with me from Sydney a white carpenter&mdash;one of the
+ most obstinate, cross-grained old fellows that ever trod a deck, but an
+ excellent workman if humoured a little. At his own request he lived on
+ board the wrecked barque, instead of taking up his quarters on shore in
+ the native village with the rest of the wrecking party. One evening as I
+ was returning from the shore to the schooner&mdash;I always slept on board&mdash;I
+ saw the old man fishing from the waist of the wreck, for it was high tide,
+ and there was ten feet of water around the ship. I saw him excitedly haul
+ in a good-sized fish, and, hailing him, inquired how many he had caught,
+ and if he were sure they were not poisonous? He replied that he had caught
+ five, and that &ldquo;there was nothin' the matter with them.&rdquo; Knowing what a
+ self-willed, ignorant man he was, I thought I should have a look at the
+ fish and satisfy myself; so I ran the boat alongside and clambered on
+ board, followed by two of my native crew. The moment we opened the fishes'
+ mouths and looked down their throats we saw the infallible sign which
+ denoted their highly poisonous condition&mdash;a colouring of bright
+ orange with thin reddish-brown streaks. The old fellow grumbled
+ excessively when I told him to throw them overboard, and then somewhat
+ annoyed me by saying that all the talk about them being unsafe was bunkum.
+ He had, he said, caught and eaten just the same kind of fish at Vavau, in
+ the Tonga Islands, time and time again. It was no use arguing with such a
+ creature, so, after again warning him not to eat any fish of any kind
+ unless the natives &ldquo;passed&rdquo; them as non-poisonous, I left him and went on
+ board my own vessel.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ We had supper rather later than usual that evening, and, as the mate and
+ myself were smoking on deck about nine o'clock, we heard four shots in
+ rapid succession fired from the wreck. Knowing that something was wrong, I
+ called a couple of hands, and in a few minutes was pulled on board, where
+ I found the old carpenter lying writhing in agony, his features presenting
+ a truly shocking and terrifying appearance. His revolver lay on the deck
+ near him&mdash;he had fired it to bring assistance. I need not here
+ describe the peculiarly drastic remedies adopted by the natives to save
+ the man's life. They at first thought the case was a hopeless one, but by
+ daylight the patient was out of danger. He was never able to turn to again
+ as long as we were on the island, and suffered from the effects of the
+ fish for quite two or three years. He had, he afterwards told me, made up
+ his mind to eat some of the fish that evening to show me that he was right
+ and I was wrong.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A few weeks after this incident myself and a native lad named Viri, who
+ was one of our crew and always my companion in fishing or shooting
+ excursions, went across the lagoon to some low sandy islets, where we were
+ pretty sure of getting a turtle or two. Viri's father and mother were
+ Samoans, but he had been born on Nassau Island, a lonely spot in the South
+ Pacific, where he had lived till he was thirteen years of age. He was now
+ fifteen, and a smarter, more cheerful, more intelligent native boy I had
+ never met.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His knowledge of bird and fish life was a never-ending source of pleasure
+ and instruction to me, and the late Earl of Pembroke and Sir William
+ Flower would have delighted in him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was dead low tide when we reached the islets, so taking our spears with
+ us we set out along the reef to look for turtle in the many deep and
+ winding pools which broke up the surface of the reef. After searching for
+ some time together without success, Viri left me and went off towards the
+ sea, I keeping to the inner side of the lagoon. Presently in a shallow
+ pool about ten feet in circumference I espied a small but exceedingly
+ beautiful fish. It was about four inches in length, and two and a half
+ inches in depth, and as it kept perfectly still I had time to admire its
+ brilliant hues&mdash;blue and yellow-banded sides with fins and tail
+ tipped with vivid crimson spots. Around the eyes were a number of dark
+ yellowish or orange-coloured rings, and the eyes themselves were large,
+ bright, and staring. It displayed no alarm at my presence, but presently
+ swam slowly to the side of the pool and disappeared under the coral ledge.
+ I determined to catch and examine the creature, and in a few minutes I
+ discovered it resting in such a position that I could grasp it with my
+ hand. I did so, and seizing it firmly by the back and belly, whipped it up
+ out of the water, but not before I felt several sharp pricks from its
+ fins. Holding it so as to study it closely, I suddenly dropped it in
+ disgust, as strange violent pains shot through my hand. In another two
+ minutes they had so increased in their intensity that I became alarmed and
+ shouted to Viri to come back. Certainly not more than five or ten minutes
+ elapsed before he was with me; to me it seemed ages, for by this time the
+ pain was excruciating. A look at the fish told him nothing; he had never
+ seen one like it before. How I managed to get back to the schooner and
+ live through the next five or six hours of agony I cannot tell. Twice I
+ fainted, and at times became delirious. The natives could do nothing for
+ me, but said that the pain would moderate before morning, especially if
+ the fish was dead. Had its fins struck into my foot instead of my hand I
+ should have died, they asserted; and then they told the mate and myself
+ that one day a mischievous boy who had speared one of these abominable
+ fish threw it at a young woman who was standing some distance away. It
+ struck her on the foot, the spines penetrating a vein, and the poor girl
+ died in terrible agony on the following day. By midnight the pain I was
+ enduring began to moderate, though my hand and arm were swollen to double
+ the proper size, and a splitting headache kept me awake till daylight. The
+ shock to the system affected me for quite a week afterward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ During many subsequent visits to the Marshall Group our crews were always
+ cautioned by the people of the various islands about eating fish or
+ shell-fish without submitting them to local examination. In the Radack
+ chain of this widely spread out archipelago we found that the lagoons were
+ comparatively free from poisonous fish, while the Ralick lagoons were
+ infested with them, quite 30 per cent, being highly dangerous at all times
+ of the year, and nearly 50 per cent at other seasons. Jaluit Lagoon was,
+ and is now, notorious for its poisonous fish. It is a curious fact that
+ fish of a species which you may eat with perfect safety, say, in the
+ middle of the month, will be pronounced by the expert natives to be
+ dangerous a couple of weeks later, and that in a &ldquo;school&rdquo; of pink rock
+ bream numbering many hundreds some may have their poison highly developed,
+ others in but a minor degree, whilst many may be absolutely free from the
+ taint. In the year 1889 the crew of a large German ship anchored in one of
+ the Marshall Islands caught some very large and handsome fish of the bream
+ kind, and the resident natives pronounced them &ldquo;good.&rdquo; Three or four days
+ later some more were taken, and the cook did not trouble to ask native
+ opinion. The result was that eight or nine men were taken seriously ill,
+ and for some time the lives of several were despaired of. Two of them had
+ not recovered the use of their hands and feet at the end of ten weeks, and
+ their faces, especially the eyes and mouth, seemed to be permanently,
+ though slightly distorted. All the men agreed in one particular, that at
+ midday they suffered most&mdash;agonising cramps, accompanied by shooting
+ pains in the head and continuous vomiting to the point of exhaustion,
+ these symptoms being very pronounced during the first week or eight days
+ after the fish had been eaten.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ That kind-hearted and unfortunate officer, Commodore J. G. Goodenough,
+ took an interest in the poisonous and stinging fish of the Pacific
+ Islands, and one day showed me, preserved in spirits of wine, a specimen
+ of the dreaded <i>no'u</i> fish of the Hervey Group&mdash;one of the most
+ repulsive-looking creatures it is possible to imagine out of a child's
+ fairy book. The deadly poison which this fish ejects is contained in a
+ series of sacs at the base of the spines, and the commodore intended to
+ submit it to an analyist. By a strange coincidence this gallant seaman a
+ few months afterwards died from the effects of a poisoned arrow shot into
+ his side by the natives of Nukapu, one of the Santa Cruz group of islands.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This <i>no'u</i> however, which is the <i>nofu</i> of the Samoans, and is
+ widely known throughout Polynesia, and Melanesia under different names,
+ does not disguise its deadly character under a beautiful exterior like the
+ stinging fish of Micronesia, which I have described above. The <i>nofu</i>
+ which is also met with on the coasts of Australia, is a devil undisguised,
+ and belongs to the angler family. Like the octopus or the death-adder (<i>Acanthopis
+ antarctica</i>) of Australia, he can assimilate his colour to his
+ environment. His hideous wrinkled head, with his staring goggle eyes, are
+ often covered with fine wavy seaweed, which in full-grown specimens
+ sometimes extends right down the back to the tail. From the top of the
+ upper jaw, along the back and sides, are scores of needle-pointed spines,
+ every one of which is a machine for the ejection of the venom contained at
+ the root. As the creature lies hidden in a niche of coral awaiting its
+ prey&mdash;it is a voracious feeder&mdash;it cannot be distinguished
+ except by the most careful scrutiny; then you may see that under the
+ softly waving and suspended piece of seaweed (as you imagine it to be)
+ there are fins and a tail. And, as the <i>nofu</i> has a huge mouth, which
+ is carefully concealed by a fringe of apparently harmless seaweed or other
+ marine growth, he snaps up every unfortunate small fish which comes near
+ him. In the Pacific Islands the <i>nofu</i> (<i>i.e.</i>, &ldquo;the waiting one
+ &ldquo;) is generally a dark brown, inclining to black, with splashes or
+ blotches of orange, or marbled red and grey. In Australian waters&mdash;I
+ have caught them in the Parramatta river, Port Jackson&mdash;they are
+ invariably either a dark brown or a horrid, dulled yellow.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Despite its poison-injecting apparatus this fish is eaten by the natives
+ of the Society, Hervey, and Paumotu groups of islands, in the South
+ Pacific, where its flesh is considered a delicacy. It is prepared for
+ cookery by being skinned, in which operation the venomous sacks are
+ removed. In 1882, when I was living on the island of Peru in the Gilbert
+ Group (the Francis Island of the Admiralty charts), a Chinese trader there
+ constantly caught them in the lagoon and ate them in preference to any
+ other fish. Here in Peru the <i>nofu</i> would bury itself in the soft
+ sand and watch for its prey, and could always be taken with a hook. And
+ yet in Eastern Polynesia and in the Equatorial Islands of the Pacific many
+ deaths have occurred through the sting of this fish, children invariably
+ succumbing to tetanus within twenty-four hours of being stung.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A little more about poisonous fish, <i>i.e.</i>, fish which at one time of
+ the year are good and palatable food and at others deadly. In the lagoon
+ island of Nukufetau (the &ldquo;De Peyster Island&rdquo; of the charts), where the
+ writer lived for twelve months, the fish both within the lagoon and
+ outside the barrier reef became highly poisonous at certain times of the
+ year. Flying-fish (which were never caught inside the lagoon) would be
+ safe to eat if taken on the lee side of the island, dangerous, or at least
+ doubtful, if taken on the weather side; <i>manini</i>, a small striped
+ fish much relished by the natives, would be safe to eat if caught on the
+ reef on the western side of the island, slightly poisonous if taken four
+ miles away on the inside shore of the eastern islets encompassing the
+ lagoon. Sharks captured outside the reef, if eaten, would produce symptoms
+ of poisoning&mdash;vomiting, excessive purging, and tetanus in a modified
+ form; if caught inside the reef and eaten no ill effects would follow.
+ Crayfish on one side of the lagoon were safe; three miles away they were
+ highly impregnated with this mysterious poison, the origin of which has
+ not yet been well defined by scientists.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <br /><br />
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and,
+Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND ***
+
+***** This file should be named 24446-h.htm or 24446-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/4/4/24446/
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &ldquo;Project
+Gutenberg&rdquo;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&ldquo;the Foundation&rdquo;
+ or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; appears, or with which the phrase &ldquo;Project
+Gutenberg&rdquo; is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+&ldquo;Plain Vanilla ASCII&rdquo; or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original &ldquo;Plain Vanilla ASCII&rdquo; or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, &ldquo;Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.&rdquo;
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+&ldquo;Defects,&rdquo; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &ldquo;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&rdquo; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+ </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/24446.txt b/24446.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b233b3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24446.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1400 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and,
+Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and, Poisonous Fish
+ 1901
+
+Author: Louis Becke
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2008 [EBook #24446]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+
+
+
+
+JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND MINER; and POISONOUS FISH
+
+By Louis Becke
+
+T. Fisher Unwin, 1901
+
+
+
+
+JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND MINER
+
+
+
+
+I
+
+"Am I to have no privacy at all?" demanded the Governor irritably as
+the orderly again tapped at the open door and announced another visitor.
+"Who is he and what does he want?"
+
+"Mr. John Corwell, your Excellency, master of the cutter _Ceres_, from
+the South Seas."
+
+The Governor's brows relaxed somewhat. "Let him come in in ten minutes,
+Cleary, but tell him at the same time that I am very tired--too tired to
+listen unless he has something of importance to say."
+
+The day had indeed been a most tiring one to the worthy Governor of the
+colony of New South Wales, just then struggling weakly in its infancy,
+and only emerging from the horrors of actual starvation, caused by the
+utter neglect of the Home authorities to send out further supplies of
+provisions. Prisoners of both sexes came in plenty, but brought nothing
+to eat with them; the military officers who should have helped him in
+his arduous labours were secretly plotting against him, and their
+spare time--and they had plenty--was devoted to writing letters home
+to highly-placed personages imploring them to induce the Government
+to break up the settlement and not "waste the health and lives of even
+these abandoned convicts in trying to found a colony in the most awful
+and hideous desert the eye of man had ever seen, a place which can never
+be useful to man and is accursed by God." But the Governor took no heed.
+Mutiny and discontent he had fought in his silent, determined way as
+he fought grim famine, sparing himself nothing, toiling from dawn till
+dark, listening to complaints, remedying abuses, punishing with swift
+severity those who deserved it, and yet always preserving the same cold,
+unbending dignity of manner which covered a highly-sensitive and deeply
+sympathetic nature.
+
+But on this particular day, fatigue, the intense heat, which had
+prevailed, a violent quarrel between the intriguing major commanding
+the marines, and many other lesser worries, had been almost more than
+he could bear, so it may well be imagined that he was more inclined for
+rest than talk.
+
+Ten, twenty minutes, and then the thin, spare figure raised itself
+wearily from the rude sofa. He must see his visitor. He had promised to
+do so, and the sooner it was over the better. He called to the orderly.
+
+"Tell Mr.--Corwell you said?--to come in."
+
+A heavy step sounded on the bare floor, and one ot the finest specimens
+of manhood Governor Arthur Phillip had ever seen in all his long naval
+career stood before him and saluted. There was something so pleasant and
+yet so manly in the handsome, cleanshaven and deeply-bronzed face, that
+the Governor was at once attracted to him.
+
+"Be seated, Mr. Corwell," he said in his low, yet clear tones. "I am
+very tired, so you must not keep me long."
+
+"Certainly not, your Excellency. But I thought, sir, that you would
+prefer to hear the report of my voyage personally. I have discovered a
+magnificent harbour north of the Solomon Islands, and----"
+
+"Ha! And so you came to me. Very sensible, very sensible of you. I am
+obliged to you, sir. Tell me all about it."
+
+"Certainly, your Excellency; but I regret I have intruded on you this
+evening. Perhaps, sir, you will permit me to call again to-morrow?"
+
+"No, no, not at all," was the energetic reply. I am always ready to hear
+anything of this nature.
+
+"I knew that, sir, for the masters of the _Breckenbridge_ and another
+transport told me that you were most anxious to learn of any discoveries
+in the Pacific Islands."
+
+"Very true, sir. I am looking forward to hear from them and from the
+masters of other transports which I am inducing to follow the whale
+fishery on their return voyage to England _via_ Batavia. But so far I
+have heard nothing from any one of them."
+
+Encouraged and pleased at the Governor's manner, the master of the
+_Ceres_ at once produced a roughly executed plan and a detailed written
+description of the harbour, which, he asserted with confidence, was one
+of the finest in that part of the Pacific. A broad, deep stream of water
+ran from the lofty range of mountains which traversed the island north
+and south and fell into a spacious bay, on the shores of which was a
+large and populous native village, whose inhabitants had treated Cornell
+and the few men of his ship's company with considerable kindness,
+furnishing them not only with wood and water, but an ample supply of
+fresh provisions as well.
+
+During the two weeks that the _Ceres_ lay at anchor, Corwell and two or
+three of his hands unhesitatingly trusted themselves among the natives,
+who escorted them inland and around the coast. Everywhere was evidence
+of the extraordinary fertility of the island, which, in the vicinity
+of the seashore, was highly cultivated, each family's plantation being
+enclosed by stone fences, while their houses were strongly built and
+neatly constructed. The broad belt of the slopes of the mountains were
+covered with magnificent timber, which Corwell believed to be teak,
+equal in quality to any he had seen in the East Indies, and which he
+said could be easily brought down to the seashore for shipment owing to
+there being several other large streams beside the one on whose banks
+the principal village was built.
+
+The Governor was much interested, and complimented the young seaman on
+the manner in which he had written out his description of the place and
+his observations on the character and customs of the inhabitants.
+
+"Such information as you have given me, Mr. Corwell, is always valuable,
+and I give you my best thanks. I wish I could do more; and had I the
+means, men, and money to spare I should send a vessel there and to other
+islands in the vicinity to make further examination, for I believe
+that from those islands to the northward we can obtain invaluable food
+supplies in the future. The winds are more favourable for making a quick
+voyage there and back than they are to those groups to the eastward;
+but," and here he sighed, "our condition is such that I fear it will be
+many years ere His Majesty will consent to such an undertaking. But much
+may be done at private cost--perhaps in the near future."
+
+The young man remained silent for a moment or two; then with some
+hesitation he said, as he took a small paper packet from his coat pocket
+and handed it to the Governor, "Will your Excellency look at this and
+tell me what it is. I--I imagine it is pure gold, sir."
+
+"Gold, gold!" and something like a frown contracted the Governor's pale
+brows; "ever since the settlement was formed I've been pestered with
+tales of gold, and a pretty expense it has run me into sending parties
+out to search for it. Why, only six months ago a rascally prisoner
+gulled one of my officers into letting him lead an expedition into the
+bush--the fellow had filed down a brass bolt--" he looked up and caught
+sight of the dark flush which had suddenly suffused his visitor's
+face--"but I do not for a moment imagine you are playing upon my
+credulity, Mr. Corwell."
+
+He untied the string and opened the packet, and in an instant an
+exclamation of astonishment and pleasure escaped as he saw that the
+folds of paper held quite three ounces of bright and flaky water-worn
+gold.
+
+"This certainly _is_ gold, sir. May I ask where you obtained it?"
+
+"I made the voyage to Sydney Cove to tell your Excellency of two
+discoveries--one was of the fine harbour, the other was of this gold,
+which my wife (who is a native of Ternate) and myself ourselves washed
+out of the bed of a small stream; the natives helped us, but attached
+not the slightest value to our discovery. In fact, sir, they assured us
+as well as they could that much more was to be had in every river on the
+island."
+
+"Your wife was it, then, or yourself, who first recognised what it was?"
+
+"She did, sir. She has seen much of it in the hands of the Bugis and
+Arab traders in her native country."
+
+The Governor moved his slender forefinger to and fro amid the shining,
+heavy particles, then he pondered deeply for some minutes.
+
+"Tell me frankly, Mr. Corwell--why did you make a long voyage to this
+settlement to tell _me_ of your discovery?"
+
+"In the hope, sir, that you would advise and perhaps assist me. My crew
+are Malays and Chinese and would have murdered me if they knew what I
+knew. Will your Excellency tell me the proper course to pursue so that I
+may be protected in my discovery? I am a poor man, though my ship is my
+own, but she is old and leaky and must undergo heavy repairs before she
+leaves Sydney Cove again; my present crew I wish to replace by half a
+dozen respectable Englishmen, and----"
+
+The Governor shook his head. "I will do all I can to help you, but I
+cannot provide you with men. The island which you have visited may
+have been discovered and taken possession of by France, two of whose
+exploring ships were in these seas a few years ago, and even if that is
+not the case I could not take possession of them for His Majesty, as I
+have no commissioned officer to spare to undertake such a duty. Yet, if
+such an officer were available, Mr. Corwell, I would be strongly tempted
+to send him with you, hoist the British flag, and then urge the Home
+Government to confirm my action and secure to you the right, subject
+to the King's royalties, to work these gold deposits. But I am
+powerless--much as I wish to aid you."
+
+A look of disappointment clouded the young captain's handsome features.
+
+"Would your Excellency permit me to endeavour to find three or four
+seamen myself? There is a transport ready to sail for England, and I may
+be able to get some men from her."
+
+"I doubt it. Unless you revealed the object of your voyage--which would
+be exceedingly foolish of you--you could not induce them to make a
+voyage in such a small vessel as yours to islands inhabited mostly
+by ferocious savages. But this much I can and will do for you. I will
+direct Captain Hunter of the _Sirius_, the only King's ship I have here,
+to set his carpenters to work on your vessel as soon as ever you careen
+her; I will supply you at my own private cost with arms and ammunition
+and a new suit of sails. Provisions I cannot give you--God knows we
+want them badly enough ourselves, although we are not now in such a bad
+plight as we were ten months ago. Yet for all that I may be able to get
+you a cask or two of beef."
+
+"That is most generous of you, sir. I will not, however, take the beef,
+your Excellency. But for the sails and the repairs to my poor little
+vessel I thank you, sir, most heartily and sincerely. And I pledge you
+my word of honour, as well as giving you my written bond, that I will
+redeem my obligations to you."
+
+"And if you fail I shall be content, for I well know that it will be no
+fault of yours. But stay, Mr. Corwell; I must have one condition."
+
+"Name it, sir."
+
+"You too must pledge me your honour that you will not reveal the secret
+of your discovery of gold to any one in the settlement. This I do not
+demand--I ask it as a favour."
+
+Then the Governor took him, guardedly enough, into his confidence. With
+a thousand convicts, most of them utter ruffians, guarded by a scanty
+force or marines, the news of gold having been found would, he was
+sure, have a disastrous effect, and lead to open revolt. The few small
+merchant ships which were in port were partly manned by convict
+seamen, and there was every likelihood of them being seized by gangs of
+desperate criminals, fired with the idea of reaching the golden island.
+Already a party of convicts had escaped with the mad idea of walking to
+China, which they believed was only separated from Australia by a
+large river which existed a few hundred miles to the northward of the
+settlement. Some of them died of thirst, others were slaughtered by the
+blacks, and the wounded and exhausted survivors were glad to make their
+way back again to their gaolers.
+
+Cornell listened intently, and gave his promise readily. Then he rose to
+go, and the Governor held out his hand.
+
+"Good evening, Mr. Cornell. I must see you again before you sail."
+
+
+
+
+II
+
+One evening, three weeks later--so vigorously had the carpenter's mates
+from the old frigate _Sirius_ got through their work--the _Ceres_ was
+ready for sea. She was to sail on the following morning, and Corwell,
+having just returned from the shore, where he had been to say goodbye
+to the kind-hearted Governor, was pacing the deck with his wife, his
+smiling face and eager tones showing that he was well pleased.
+
+He had reason to be pleased, for unusual luck had attended him. Not
+only had his ship been thoroughly and efficiently repaired, but he had
+replaced six of his untrustworthy Malays by four good, sturdy British
+seamen, one of whom he had appointed mate. These men had arrived at
+Sydney Cove in a transport a few days after his interview with the
+Governor; the transport had been condemned, and Corwell, much to his
+delight, found that out of her crew of thirty, four were willing to come
+with him on what he cautiously described as a "voyage of venture to the
+South Seas." All of them had served in the navy, and the captain of the
+transport and his officers gave them excellent characters for sobriety
+and seamanship. Out of the sixty or seventy pounds which still remained
+to him he had given them a substantial advance, and the cheerful manner
+in which they turned to and helped the carpenters from the frigate
+convinced him that he had secured decent, reliable men, to whom he
+thought he could reveal the real object of his voyage later on.
+
+*****
+
+Two years before Cornell had been mate of a "country" ship employed
+in trading between Calcutta and the Moluccas. The Ternate agent of the
+owners of the ship was an Englishman named Leighton, a widower with one
+daughter, whose mother had died when the girl was fifteen. With this
+man the young officer struck up a friendship, and before six months had
+passed he was the acknowledged suitor of Mary Leighton, with whom he
+had fallen in love at first sight, and who quickly responded to his
+affection. She was then twenty-two years of age, tall and fair,
+with dark hazel eyes, like her English mother, and possessed of such
+indomitable spirit and courage that her father often laughingly declared
+it was she, and not he, who really managed the business which he
+controlled.
+
+And she really did much to help him; she knew his weak, vacillating, and
+speculative nature would long since have left them penniless had he
+not yielded to her advice and protests on many occasions, Generous
+and extravagantly hospitable, he spent his money lavishly, and had
+squandered two or three fortunes in wild business ventures in the Indian
+Seas instead of saving one. Latterly, however, he had been more careful,
+and when Corwell had made his acquaintance he had two vessels--a
+barque and a brig--both of which were very profitably engaged in the
+Manila-China trade, and he was now sanguine or mending his broken
+fortunes.
+
+Isolated as were father and daughter from the advantages of constant
+intercourse with European society, the duty of educating the girl was
+a task of love to her remaining parent, who, before he entered "John
+Company's" service, had travelled much in Europe. Yet, devoted as he was
+to her, and looking forward with some dread to the coming loneliness of
+life which would be his when she married, he cheerfully gave his consent
+to her union with John Cornell, for whom he had conceived a strong
+liking, and who, he knew, would make her a good husband.
+
+They were married at Batavia, to which port they were accompanied by Mr.
+Leighton, who, during the voyage, had pressed Corwell to leave his then
+employment and join him in a venture which had occupied his mind for the
+past year. This was to despatch either the barque or brig, laden with
+trade goods, to the Society Islands in the South Pacific, to barter for
+coconut oil and pearl shell.
+
+Leighton was certain that there was a fortune awaiting the man who
+entered upon the venture, and his arguments so convinced the young man
+that he consented.
+
+On arrival at Batavia they found there the officers and crew of a
+shipwrecked English vessel, and one of the former eagerly took Corwell's
+place as chief mate, his captain offering no objection. A few weeks
+after Mr. Leighton hired the _Ceres_ to take himself, his daughter, and
+her husband back to Ternate, eager to begin the work of fitting out one
+of his vessels for the voyage that was to bring them fortune. He, it was
+arranged, was to remain at Ternate, Mary was to sail with her husband to
+the South Seas.
+
+But a terrible shock awaited them. As the _Ceres_ sailed up to her
+anchorage before Mr. Leighton's house, his Chinese clerk came on board
+with the news that the barque had foundered in a typhoon, and the brig
+had been plundered and burnt by pirates within a few miles of Canton.
+The unfortunate man gave one last appealing look at his daughter and
+then fell on the deck at her feet He never spoke again, and died in a
+few hours. When his affairs came to be settled up, it was found that,
+after paying his debts, there was less than four hundred pounds left--a
+sum little more than that which Corwell had managed to save out of his
+own wages.
+
+"Never mind, Jack," said Mary. "'Tis little enough, but yet 'tis enough.
+And, Jack, let us go away from here. I should not care now to meet any
+of the people father knew in his prosperity."
+
+Cornell kissed his wife, and then they at once discussed the future.
+Half an hour later he had bought the _Ceres_ from her captain (who was
+also the owner), paid him his money and taken possession. Before the
+week was out he had bought all the trade goods he could afford to pay
+for, shipped a crew of Malays and Chinese, and, with Mary by his side,
+watched Ternate sink astern as the _Ceres_ began her long voyage to the
+South Seas.
+
+After a three weeks' voyage along the northern and eastern shores of New
+Guinea the _Ceres_ came to an anchor in the harbour which Cornell had
+described to the Governor. The rest of his story, up to the time of his
+arrival in Sydney Cove, the reader knows. *****
+
+Steadily northward under cloudless skies the high-pooped, bluff-bowed
+little vessel had sailed, favoured by leading winds nearly all the way,
+for four-and-twenty days, when, on the morning of the twenty-fifth,
+Corwell, who had been up aloft scanning the blue loom of a lofty island
+which lay right ahead, descended to the deck with a smiling face.
+
+"That is not only the island itself, Mary, but with this breeze we have
+a clear run for the big village in the bay; I can see the spur on the
+southern side quite clearly."
+
+"I'm so glad, Jack, dear. And how you have worried and fumed for the
+past three days!"
+
+"I feared we had got too far to the westward, my girl," he said. Then
+telling the mate to keep away a couple of points, he went below to pore
+over the plan of the harbour, a copy of which had been taken by the
+Governor, As he studied it his wife's fingers passed lovingly through
+and through his curly locks. He looked up, put his arm around her waist,
+and swung her to a seat on his knees.
+
+"I think, Mary, I can tell the men now."
+
+"I'm sure you can! The sooner you take them into your confidence the
+better."
+
+Corwell nodded. During the voyage he had watched the mate and three
+white seamen keenly, and was thoroughly satisfied with them. The
+remainder of the crew--three Manila men and two Penang Malays--did their
+duty well enough, but both he and his wife knew from long experience
+that such people were not to be trusted when their avarice was aroused.
+He resolved, therefore, to rely entirely upon his white crew and the
+natives of the island to help him in obtaining the gold. Yet, as he
+could not possibly keep the operations a secret from the five men
+he distrusted, he decided, as a safeguard against their possible and
+dangerous ill-will, to promise them double wages from the day he found
+that gold was to be obtained in payable quantities. As for the mate and
+three other white men, they should have one-fifth of all the gold won
+between them, he keeping the remaining four-fifths for himself and wife.
+
+He put his head up the companion-way and called to the man whom he had
+appointed mate.
+
+"Come below, Mallett, and bring Totten, Harris, and Sam with you."
+
+Wondering what was the matter the four men came into the cabin. As soon
+as they were standing together at the head of the little table, the
+captain's wife went quietly on deck to see that none of the coloured
+crew came aft to listen.
+
+"Now, men," said Corwell, "I have something important to tell you. I
+believe I can trust you."
+
+Then in as few words as possible he told them the object of the
+voyage and his intentions towards them. At first they seemed somewhat
+incredulous, but when they were shown some of the gold their doubts
+vanished, and they one and all swore to be honest and true to him and to
+obey him faithfully whether afloat or ashore, in fair or evil fortune.
+
+From his scanty store of liquor the captain took a bottle of rum, and
+they drank to their future success; then Corwell shook each man's hand
+and sent him on deck.
+
+Just before dusk the _Ceres_ ran in and dropped her clumsy,
+wooden-stocked anchor in the crystal-clear water, a few cables' length
+away from the village. As the natives recognised her a chorus of
+welcoming shouts and cries pealed from the shore from five hundred
+dusky-hued throats.
+
+
+
+
+III
+
+A blazing, tropic sun shone in mid-heaven upon the motionless waters of
+the deep, land-locked bay in which the Ceres lay, with top-mast struck
+and awnings spread fore and aft. A quarter of a mile away was the beach,
+girdled with its thick belt of coco-palms whose fronds hung limp and hot
+in the windless air as if gasping for breath. Here and there, among
+the long line of white, lime-washed canoes, drawn up on the sand,
+snowy white and blue cranes stalked to and fro seeking for the small
+thin-shelled soldier crabs burrowing under the loose _debris_ of leaves
+and fallen palm-branches to escape the heat.
+
+A few yards back from the level of high-water mark clustered the houses
+of the native village, built on both sides of the bright, fast-flowing
+stream which here, as it debouched into the sea, was wide and shallow,
+showing a bottom composed of rounded black stones alternating with rocky
+bars. Along the grassless banks, worn smooth by the constant tread of
+naked feet, grew tall many-hued crotons, planted and carefully tended
+by their native owners, and shielded from the rays of the sun by the
+ever-present coco-palms. From either side of the bank, looking westward
+towards the forest, there was a clear stretch of water half a mile in
+length, then the river was hidden from view, for in its course from the
+mountains through the heavily-jungled littoral it took many bends and
+twists, sometimes running swiftly over rocky, gravelly beds, sometimes
+flowing noiselessly through deep, muddy-bottomed pools and dank, steamy
+swamps, the haunt of the silent, dreaded alligator.
+
+At the head of the straight stretch of water of which I have spoken
+there was on the left-hand bank of the river an open grassy sward,
+surrounded by clumps of areca and coco-palms, and in the centre stood
+a large house, built by native hands, but showing by various external
+signs that it was tenanted by people other than the wild inhabitants of
+the island. Just in front of the house, and surrounded by a number of
+canoes, the boat belonging to the _Ceres_ was moored to the bank,
+and under a long open-sided, palm-thatched shed, were a number of
+brown-skinned naked savages, some lying sleeping, others squatting on
+their hams, energetically chewing betel nut.
+
+As they talked and chewed and spat out the scarlet juice through their
+hideous red lips and coaly black teeth, a canoe, paddled by two natives
+and steered by Mallet, the mate of the _Ceres_, came up the river. The
+instant it was seen a chorus of yells arose from the natives in the long
+hut, and Mary Corwell came to the open doorway of the house and looked
+out.
+
+"Wake up, wake up, Jack!" she cried, turning her face inwards over her
+graceful shoulder, "here is Mallet."
+
+Her voice awoke her husband, who in an instant sprang from his couch and
+joined her, just as Mallet--a short, square-built man of fifty--stepped
+out of the canoe and walked briskly towards them, wiping his broad,
+honest face with a blue cotton handkerchief.
+
+"Come inside, Mallet. 'Tis a bit cooler in here. I'm sorry I sent you
+down to the ship on such a day as this."
+
+Mallet laughed good-naturedly. "I didn't mind it, sir, though 'tis a
+powerful hot day, and the natives are all lying asleep in their huts;
+they can't understand why us works as we do in the sun. Lord, sir! How
+I should like to see old Kingsdown and Walmer Castle to-day, all a-white
+with snow. I was born at Deal."
+
+Mary Cornell brought the old seaman a young coconut to drink, and her
+husband added a little rum; Mallet tossed it off and then sat down.
+
+"Well, sir, the ship is all right, and those chaps aboard seem content
+enough. But I'm afeared that the worms are a-getting into her although
+she is moored right abreast of the river. So I took it on me to tell
+Totten and Harris to stay aboard whilst I came back to ask you if it
+wouldn't be best for us to bring her right in to the fresh water, and
+moor her here, right abreast o' the house. That'll kill any worms as
+has got into her timbers. And we can tow her in the day after to-morrow,
+when there will be a big tide."
+
+"You did quite right, Mallet. Very likely the worms have got into her
+timbers in spite of her being abreast of the river's mouth. I should
+have thought of this before."
+
+"Ah, Jack," said his wife, with a smile, "we have thought too much of
+our gold-getting and too little of the poor old _Ceres_."
+
+"Well, I shall think more of her now, Mary. And as the rains will be
+on us in a few days--so the natives say--and we can do no more work for
+three months, I think it will be as well for us to sail the _Ceres_ over
+to that chain of lagoon islands about thirty miles from here. I fear to
+remain here during the wet season, on account of the fever."
+
+After further discussion it was decided that Jack and Mallet, with some
+natives, should make an early start in the morning for their mining
+camp, six miles away, at the foot of the range, and do a long, last
+day's work, returning to the house on the following day. Meanwhile a
+message was to be sent to Harris and Totten to bring the vessel into the
+creek as soon as the tide served, which would be in forty-eight hours.
+Then, whilst she lay for a week in the fresh water, so as to kill the
+suspected _teredo navalis_ worms, which Mallet feared had attacked her,
+she was to be made ready for the short voyage of thirty miles over to a
+cluster of islands enclosing a spacious lagoon, where Corwell intended
+to beach her till the rainy season was over, when he would return to
+work a very promising stream in another locality. Already he and his
+men, aided by the natives, had, in the four months that had passed since
+they arrived, won nearly five hundred ounces of gold, crude as were
+their appliances.
+
+"Jack," said his wife, "I think that, as you will be away all day and
+night, to-morrow I shall go on board and see what I can do. I'll make
+the men turn to and give the cabin a thorough overhauling. Marawa, the
+chiefs wife, has given me a lot of sleeping-mats, and I shall throw
+those old horrible flock mattresses overboard, and we shall have nice
+clean mats instead to lie on."
+
+* * * * *
+
+At daylight Mallet aroused the natives who were to accompany him and the
+captain, and then told off two of them to make the boat ready for Mrs.
+Corwell. Then he returned to the house and called out--
+
+"The boat is ready, sir."
+
+"So am I, Mallet," replied Mary, tying on her old-fashioned sun-hood.
+Then she turned to her husband. "Jack, darling, this will be the very
+first time in our married life that I have ever slept away from you, and
+it shall be the last, too. But I _do_ want to surprise you when you see
+our cabin again."
+
+She put her lips up to him and kissed him half a dozen times. "There,
+that's a good-night and good morning three times over. Now I'm ready."
+
+Corwell and Mallet walked down to the boat with her and saw her get in.
+She kissed her hand to them and in a few minutes was out of sight.
+
+
+
+
+IV
+
+A light, cool breeze, which had set in at daylight, was blowing when
+Mary Corwell boarded the _Ceres_. Totten and Harris met her at the
+gangway, caps in hand. Poor Sam, their former shipmate, had died of
+fever a month before. They were delighted to hear that she intended to
+remain on board, and Harris at once told Miguel, the scoundrelly-faced
+Manila cook, to get breakfast ready.
+
+"And you must have your breakfast with me," said Mary, "and after that
+you must obey _my_ orders. I am to be captain to-day."
+
+* * * * *
+
+As she and the two seamen sat aft under the awning, at their breakfast,
+Selak, the leading Malay, and his fellows squatted on the fore-hatch and
+talked in whispers.
+
+"I tell thee," said Selak, "that I have seen it. On the evening of the
+day when the man Sam died and was buried, I was sitting outside the
+house. It was dark, and the Tuan Korwal thought I had returned to the
+ship. I crept near and listened. They were speaking of what should be
+done with the dead man's share of the gold. Then I looked through the
+cave side of the house, and--dost remember that white basin of thine,
+Miguel?"
+
+The Manila man nodded.
+
+"The white woman, at a sign from her husband, went into the inner room
+and brought it out and placed it on the table. It was full to the brim
+with gold! and there was more in a bag!"
+
+His listeners drew nearer to him, their dark eyes gleaming with avarice.
+
+"Then the Tuan said, 'None of Sam's gold will I or my wife touch. Let it
+be divided among you three. It is but fair.'
+
+"They talked again, and then Mallet said to the Tuan, 'Captain, it shall
+be as you wish. But let it all go together till the time comes for thee
+to give us our share.'
+
+"I watched the white woman take the basin and the bag, put them into
+a box, and place the box in a hole in the ground in her sleeping-room.
+Then I came away, for my heart was on fire with the wrong that hath been
+done to us."
+
+He rose to his feet and peered round the corner of the galley. Mary and
+the two seamen were eating very leisurely.
+
+"Three of them are here now and will sleep aboard to-night. God hath
+given them into our hands!"
+
+"And what of the other two?--they are strong men," asked a wizen,
+monkey-faced Malay, nicknamed Nakoda (the captain).
+
+"Bah! What is a giant if he sleeps and a kriss is swept across his
+throat, or a spear is thrust into his back from behind? They, too, shall
+die as quickly as these who sit near us. Now listen. But sit thou out on
+the deck, Miguel, so that thou canst warn us if either of those accursed
+dogs approach."
+
+The cook obeyed him silently.
+
+"_This_ it is to be. To-night these three here shall die in their sleep,
+silently and without a sound. Then we, all but thou, Nakoda, shall take
+the boat and go to the house. Both the Tuan and Mallet sleep heavily,
+and"--he drew his hand swiftly across his tawny throat.
+
+"And then?" queried Nakoda.
+
+"And then the gold--the gold, or our share of which we have been
+robbed--is ours, and the ship is ours, and I, Selak, will guide ye all
+to Dobbo in the Aru Islands, where we shall be safe, and become great
+men."
+
+"But," muttered another man, "what if these black sons of Shaitan here
+of the Island turn upon us after we have slain the white men?"
+
+Selak laughed scornfully. "The sound of a gun terrifies them. They are
+cowards, and will not seek to interfere with us."
+
+*****
+
+Night had fallen. The two white seamen, tired out with their day's work,
+had spread their mats on the poop, and were sound in slumber. Below in
+the cabin, the captain's wife lay reading by the light of a lamp; and
+Selak, standing in the waist, could see its faint reflection shining
+through the cabin door, which opened on to the main deck. Sitting on
+the fore-deck, with their hands clutching their knives, his companions
+watched him.
+
+At last the light was lowered, and Mary closed her eyes and slept.
+
+The Malay waited patiently. One by one the remaining native fires on the
+shore went out; and, presently, a chill gust of air swept down from the
+mountains, and looking shoreward he saw that the sky to the eastward
+was quickly darkening and hiding the stars--a heavy downpour of rain was
+near.
+
+He drew his kriss from its tortoiseshell sheath and felt the edge, made
+a gesture to the crouching tigers for'ard, and then stepped lightly
+along the deck to the open cabin door; the other four crept after him,
+then stopped and waited--for less than a minute.
+
+A faint, choking cry came from the cabin, and then Selak came out, his
+kriss streaming with blood.
+
+"It is done," he whispered, and pointing to the poop he sprang up.
+
+"Hi, there! what's the matter?" cried Totten, who had heard the feint
+cry; and then, too late, he drew his pistol from his belt and fired--as
+Selak's kriss plunged into his chest. Poor Harris was slaughtered ere he
+had opened his eyes.
+
+Spurning Totten's body with his naked foot, Selak cursed it. "Accursed
+Christian dog! Would I could bring thee to life so that I might kill
+thee again!" Then, as he heard the rushing hum of the coming rain
+squall, and saw that the shore was hidden from view, as if a solid wall
+of white stone had suddenly arisen between it and the ship, he grinned.
+
+"Bah! what does it matter? Had it been a cannon instead of a pistol it
+could scarce have been heard on the shore in such a din."
+
+Ordering the bodies of the two seamen to be thrown overboard, Selak, the
+most courageous, entered the cabin, took a couple of muskets from the
+rack, and some powder and ball from the mate's berth, and returning to
+his followers, bade them bring the boat alongside.
+
+"Throw the woman after them," he cried to Nakoda, as the boat pushed off
+into the darkness, just as the hissing rain began. "We shall return ere
+it is dawn."
+
+Nakoda would have sprung over the side after the boat, but he feared the
+sharks even more than Selak's kriss; so running for'ard, he crept into
+his bunk and lay there, too terrified to move.
+
+* * * * *
+
+Mallet and Corwell, with the natives, worked hard till near sunset, and
+then ceased.
+
+"There's nearly five ounces in that lot, Mallet," said the captain,
+pointing to two buckets of wash-dirt. "Let us have a bathe, and then get
+something to eat before it is too dark."
+
+"The natives say we ought to get back to the house, sir, instead of
+sleeping here tonight. They say a heavy storm is coming on, and we'll be
+washed out of the camp."
+
+"Very well, Mallet I don't want to stay here, I can assure you. Tell
+them to hurry up, then. Get the shovels and other gear, and let us start
+as quickly as possible. It will take us a good three hours to get back
+to the house."
+
+By sunset they started, walking in single file along the narrow,
+dangerous mountain-path, a false step on which meant a fall of hundreds
+of feet.
+
+Half-way down, the storm overtook them, but guided by the surefooted
+natives they pressed steadily on, gained the level ground, and at last
+reached the house about ten o'clock.
+
+"Now that we have come so far we might as well go on board and give
+my wife a surprise," said Corwell to Mallet. "Look, the rain is taking
+off."
+
+"Not for long, sir. But if we start at once we may get aboard afore it
+starts again."
+
+Two willing natives, wet and shivering as they were, quickly baled out
+a canoe, and in a few minutes they were off, paddling down towards the
+sea. But scarce had they gone a few hundred yards when another sudden
+downpour of rain blotted out everything around them. But the natives
+paddled steadily on amid the deafening roar; the river was wide, and
+there was no danger of striking anything harder than the hanging branch
+of a tree or the soft banks.
+
+"I thought I heard voices just now," shouted Mallet.
+
+"Natives been out fishing," replied Corwell.
+
+As the canoe shot out through the mouth of the river into the open bay
+the rain ceased as suddenly as it began, and the _Ceres_ loomed up right
+ahead.
+
+"Don't hail them, Mallet. Let us go aboard quietly."
+
+They clambered up the side, the two natives following, and, wet and
+dripping, entered the cabin.
+
+Corwell stepped to the swinging lamp, which burnt dimly, and pricked up
+the wick. His wife seemed to be sound asleep on the cushioned transom
+locker.
+
+"Mary," he cried, "wake up, dearest. We---- ... Oh my God,Mallet!"
+
+He sprang to her side, and kneeling beside the still figure, placed his
+hand on the blood-stained bosom.
+
+"Dead! Dead! Murdered!" He rose to his feet, and stared wildly at
+Mallet, swayed to and fro, and then fell heavily forward.
+
+As the two natives stood at the cabin door, gazing in wondering horror
+at the scene, they heard a splash. Nakoda had jumped overboard and was
+swimming ashore.
+
+*****
+
+Long before dawn the native war-drums began to beat, and when Selak
+and his fellow-murderers reached the mouth of the river they ran into a
+fleet of canoes which waited for them. They fought like the tigers they
+were, but were soon overcome and made prisoners, tied hand and foot, and
+carried ashore to the "House of the Young Men." The gold was taken care
+of by the chief, who brought it on board to Corwell.
+
+"When do these men die?" he asked,
+
+"To-day," replied Corwell huskily; "to-day, after I have buried my
+wife."
+
+On a little island just within the barrier reef, she was laid to rest,
+with the never-ending cry of the surf for her requiem.
+
+At sunset, Corwell and Mallet left the ship and landed at the village,
+and as their feet touched the sand the war-drums broke out with
+deafening clamour. They each carried a cutlass, and walked quickly
+through the thronging natives to the "House of the Young Men."
+
+"Bring them out," said Corwell hoarsely to the chief.
+
+One by one Selak and his fellow-prisoners were brought out and placed
+on their feet, the bonds that held them were cut, and their hands
+seized and held widely apart. And then Corwell and Mallet thrust their
+cutlasses through the cruel hearts.
+
+*****
+
+
+
+
+POISONOUS FISH OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS
+
+Many years ago I was sent with a wrecking party of native seamen to take
+possession of a Swedish barque which had gone ashore on the reef of one
+of the Marshall Islands, in the North Pacific. My employers, who had
+bought the vessel for L100, were in hopes that she might possibly be
+floated, patched up, and brought to Sydney. However, on arriving at the
+island I found that she was hopelessly bilged, so we at once set to work
+to strip her of everything of value, especially her copper, which was
+new. It was during these operations that I made acquaintance with both
+poisonous and stinging fish. There were not more than sixty or seventy
+natives living on the island, and some of these, as soon as we anchored
+in the lagoon, asked me to caution my own natives--who came from various
+other Pacific islands--not to eat any fish they might catch in the
+lagoon until each one had been examined by a local man. I followed their
+injunction, and for two or three weeks all went well; then came trouble.
+
+I had brought down with me from Sydney a white carpenter--one of the
+most obstinate, cross-grained old fellows that ever trod a deck, but an
+excellent workman if humoured a little. At his own request he lived on
+board the wrecked barque, instead of taking up his quarters on shore in
+the native village with the rest of the wrecking party. One evening as I
+was returning from the shore to the schooner--I always slept on board--I
+saw the old man fishing from the waist of the wreck, for it was high
+tide, and there was ten feet of water around the ship. I saw him
+excitedly haul in a good-sized fish, and, hailing him, inquired how many
+he had caught, and if he were sure they were not poisonous? He replied
+that he had caught five, and that "there was nothin' the matter with
+them." Knowing what a self-willed, ignorant man he was, I thought I
+should have a look at the fish and satisfy myself; so I ran the boat
+alongside and clambered on board, followed by two of my native crew. The
+moment we opened the fishes' mouths and looked down their throats we saw
+the infallible sign which denoted their highly poisonous condition--a
+colouring of bright orange with thin reddish-brown streaks. The old
+fellow grumbled excessively when I told him to throw them overboard, and
+then somewhat annoyed me by saying that all the talk about them being
+unsafe was bunkum. He had, he said, caught and eaten just the same kind
+of fish at Vavau, in the Tonga Islands, time and time again. It was no
+use arguing with such a creature, so, after again warning him not to eat
+any fish of any kind unless the natives "passed" them as non-poisonous,
+I left him and went on board my own vessel.
+
+We had supper rather later than usual that evening, and, as the mate and
+myself were smoking on deck about nine o'clock, we heard four shots in
+rapid succession fired from the wreck. Knowing that something was wrong,
+I called a couple of hands, and in a few minutes was pulled on board,
+where I found the old carpenter lying writhing in agony, his features
+presenting a truly shocking and terrifying appearance. His revolver lay
+on the deck near him--he had fired it to bring assistance. I need not
+here describe the peculiarly drastic remedies adopted by the natives to
+save the man's life. They at first thought the case was a hopeless one,
+but by daylight the patient was out of danger. He was never able to turn
+to again as long as we were on the island, and suffered from the effects
+of the fish for quite two or three years. He had, he afterwards told me,
+made up his mind to eat some of the fish that evening to show me that he
+was right and I was wrong.
+
+A few weeks after this incident myself and a native lad named Viri,
+who was one of our crew and always my companion in fishing or shooting
+excursions, went across the lagoon to some low sandy islets, where we
+were pretty sure of getting a turtle or two. Viri's father and mother
+were Samoans, but he had been born on Nassau Island, a lonely spot in
+the South Pacific, where he had lived till he was thirteen years of
+age. He was now fifteen, and a smarter, more cheerful, more intelligent
+native boy I had never met.
+
+His knowledge of bird and fish life was a never-ending source of
+pleasure and instruction to me, and the late Earl of Pembroke and Sir
+William Flower would have delighted in him.
+
+It was dead low tide when we reached the islets, so taking our spears
+with us we set out along the reef to look for turtle in the many
+deep and winding pools which broke up the surface of the reef. After
+searching for some time together without success, Viri left me and
+went off towards the sea, I keeping to the inner side of the lagoon.
+Presently in a shallow pool about ten feet in circumference I espied
+a small but exceedingly beautiful fish. It was about four inches in
+length, and two and a half inches in depth, and as it kept perfectly
+still I had time to admire its brilliant hues--blue and yellow-banded
+sides with fins and tail tipped with vivid crimson spots. Around the
+eyes were a number of dark yellowish or orange-coloured rings, and the
+eyes themselves were large, bright, and staring. It displayed no alarm
+at my presence, but presently swam slowly to the side of the pool and
+disappeared under the coral ledge. I determined to catch and examine
+the creature, and in a few minutes I discovered it resting in such a
+position that I could grasp it with my hand. I did so, and seizing it
+firmly by the back and belly, whipped it up out of the water, but not
+before I felt several sharp pricks from its fins. Holding it so as to
+study it closely, I suddenly dropped it in disgust, as strange violent
+pains shot through my hand. In another two minutes they had so increased
+in their intensity that I became alarmed and shouted to Viri to come
+back. Certainly not more than five or ten minutes elapsed before he
+was with me; to me it seemed ages, for by this time the pain was
+excruciating. A look at the fish told him nothing; he had never seen
+one like it before. How I managed to get back to the schooner and live
+through the next five or six hours of agony I cannot tell. Twice I
+fainted, and at times became delirious. The natives could do nothing for
+me, but said that the pain would moderate before morning, especially if
+the fish was dead. Had its fins struck into my foot instead of my hand I
+should have died, they asserted; and then they told the mate and myself
+that one day a mischievous boy who had speared one of these abominable
+fish threw it at a young woman who was standing some distance away. It
+struck her on the foot, the spines penetrating a vein, and the poor girl
+died in terrible agony on the following day. By midnight the pain I
+was enduring began to moderate, though my hand and arm were swollen
+to double the proper size, and a splitting headache kept me awake
+till daylight. The shock to the system affected me for quite a week
+afterward.
+
+During many subsequent visits to the Marshall Group our crews were
+always cautioned by the people of the various islands about eating
+fish or shell-fish without submitting them to local examination. In the
+Radack chain of this widely spread out archipelago we found that the
+lagoons were comparatively free from poisonous fish, while the Ralick
+lagoons were infested with them, quite 30 per cent, being highly
+dangerous at all times of the year, and nearly 50 per cent at other
+seasons. Jaluit Lagoon was, and is now, notorious for its poisonous
+fish. It is a curious fact that fish of a species which you may eat with
+perfect safety, say, in the middle of the month, will be pronounced by
+the expert natives to be dangerous a couple of weeks later, and that
+in a "school" of pink rock bream numbering many hundreds some may have
+their poison highly developed, others in but a minor degree, whilst many
+may be absolutely free from the taint. In the year 1889 the crew of a
+large German ship anchored in one of the Marshall Islands caught some
+very large and handsome fish of the bream kind, and the resident natives
+pronounced them "good." Three or four days later some more were taken,
+and the cook did not trouble to ask native opinion. The result was that
+eight or nine men were taken seriously ill, and for some time the lives
+of several were despaired of. Two of them had not recovered the use
+of their hands and feet at the end of ten weeks, and their faces,
+especially the eyes and mouth, seemed to be permanently, though slightly
+distorted. All the men agreed in one particular, that at midday they
+suffered most--agonising cramps, accompanied by shooting pains in the
+head and continuous vomiting to the point of exhaustion, these symptoms
+being very pronounced during the first week or eight days after the fish
+had been eaten.
+
+That kind-hearted and unfortunate officer, Commodore J. G. Goodenough,
+took an interest in the poisonous and stinging fish of the Pacific
+Islands, and one day showed me, preserved in spirits of wine, a
+specimen of the dreaded _no'u_ fish of the Hervey Group--one of the most
+repulsive-looking creatures it is possible to imagine out of a child's
+fairy book. The deadly poison which this fish ejects is contained in a
+series of sacs at the base of the spines, and the commodore intended to
+submit it to an analyist. By a strange coincidence this gallant seaman
+a few months afterwards died from the effects of a poisoned arrow shot
+into his side by the natives of Nukapu, one of the Santa Cruz group of
+islands.
+
+This _no'u_ however, which is the _nofu_ of the Samoans, and is widely
+known throughout Polynesia, and Melanesia under different names, does
+not disguise its deadly character under a beautiful exterior like the
+stinging fish of Micronesia, which I have described above. The
+_nofu_ which is also met with on the coasts of Australia, is a devil
+undisguised, and belongs to the angler family. Like the octopus or the
+death-adder (_Acanthopis antarctica_) of Australia, he can assimilate
+his colour to his environment. His hideous wrinkled head, with his
+staring goggle eyes, are often covered with fine wavy seaweed, which in
+full-grown specimens sometimes extends right down the back to the tail.
+From the top of the upper jaw, along the back and sides, are scores of
+needle-pointed spines, every one of which is a machine for the ejection
+of the venom contained at the root. As the creature lies hidden in a
+niche of coral awaiting its prey--it is a voracious feeder--it cannot be
+distinguished except by the most careful scrutiny; then you may see that
+under the softly waving and suspended piece of seaweed (as you imagine
+it to be) there are fins and a tail. And, as the _nofu_ has a huge
+mouth, which is carefully concealed by a fringe of apparently harmless
+seaweed or other marine growth, he snaps up every unfortunate small fish
+which comes near him. In the Pacific Islands the _nofu_ (_i.e._, "the
+waiting one ") is generally a dark brown, inclining to black, with
+splashes or blotches of orange, or marbled red and grey. In Australian
+waters--I have caught them in the Parramatta river, Port Jackson--they
+are invariably either a dark brown or a horrid, dulled yellow.
+
+Despite its poison-injecting apparatus this fish is eaten by the natives
+of the Society, Hervey, and Paumotu groups of islands, in the South
+Pacific, where its flesh is considered a delicacy. It is prepared for
+cookery by being skinned, in which operation the venomous sacks are
+removed. In 1882, when I was living on the island of Peru in the Gilbert
+Group (the Francis Island of the Admiralty charts), a Chinese trader
+there constantly caught them in the lagoon and ate them in preference
+to any other fish. Here in Peru the _nofu_ would bury itself in the soft
+sand and watch for its prey, and could always be taken with a hook. And
+yet in Eastern Polynesia and in the Equatorial Islands of the Pacific
+many deaths have occurred through the sting of this fish, children
+invariably succumbing to tetanus within twenty-four hours of being
+stung.
+
+A little more about poisonous fish, _i.e._, fish which at one time of
+the year are good and palatable food and at others deadly. In the lagoon
+island of Nukufetau (the "De Peyster Island" of the charts), where the
+writer lived for twelve months, the fish both within the lagoon and
+outside the barrier reef became highly poisonous at certain times of the
+year. Flying-fish (which were never caught inside the lagoon) would be
+safe to eat if taken on the lee side of the island, dangerous, or at
+least doubtful, if taken on the weather side; _manini_, a small striped
+fish much relished by the natives, would be safe to eat if caught on the
+reef on the western side of the island, slightly poisonous if taken four
+miles away on the inside shore of the eastern islets encompassing
+the lagoon. Sharks captured outside the reef, if eaten, would produce
+symptoms of poisoning--vomiting, excessive purging, and tetanus in a
+modified form; if caught inside the reef and eaten no ill effects would
+follow. Crayfish on one side of the lagoon were safe; three miles away
+they were highly impregnated with this mysterious poison, the origin of
+which has not yet been well defined by scientists.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and,
+Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND ***
+
+***** This file should be named 24446.txt or 24446.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/4/4/24446/
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/24446.zip b/24446.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42e693e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24446.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ab874d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #24446 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/24446)
diff --git a/old/24446-h.htm.2021-01-25 b/old/24446-h.htm.2021-01-25
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0506c9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/24446-h.htm.2021-01-25
@@ -0,0 +1,1658 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html
+ PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" >
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <title>
+ John Corwell, Sailor and Miner; and Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve">
+
+ body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify}
+ P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; }
+ H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; }
+ hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;}
+ .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; }
+ blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+ .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;}
+ .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;}
+ .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;}
+ div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; }
+ div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; }
+ .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;}
+ .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;}
+ .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal;
+ margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%;
+ text-align: right;}
+ pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;}
+
+</style>
+ </head>
+ <body>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and,
+Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and, Poisonous Fish
+ 1901
+
+Author: Louis Becke
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2008 [EBook #24446]
+Last Updated: March 8, 2018
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ <br /><br />
+ </p>
+ <h1>
+ JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR and MINER <br /><br /> and POISONOUS FISH
+ </h1>
+ <p>
+ <br />
+ </p>
+ <h2>
+ By Louis Becke
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ <br />
+ </p>
+ <h4>
+ T. Fisher Unwin, 1901
+ </h4>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <h2>
+ Contents
+ </h2>
+ <table summary="" style="margin-right: auto; margin-left: auto">
+ <tr>
+ <td>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0001"> <big><b>JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND MINER</b></big>
+ </a>
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0002"> I </a>
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0003"> II </a>
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0004"> III </a>
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0005"> IV </a>
+ </p>
+ <br />
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0006"> <big><b>POISONOUS FISH OF THE PACIFIC
+ ISLANDS</b></big> </a>
+ </p>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+ </table>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h1>
+ JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND MINER
+ </h1>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ I
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Am I to have no privacy at all?&rdquo; demanded the Governor irritably as the
+ orderly again tapped at the open door and announced another visitor. &ldquo;Who
+ is he and what does he want?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Mr. John Corwell, your Excellency, master of the cutter <i>Ceres</i>,
+ from the South Seas.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Governor's brows relaxed somewhat. &ldquo;Let him come in in ten minutes,
+ Cleary, but tell him at the same time that I am very tired&mdash;too tired
+ to listen unless he has something of importance to say.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The day had indeed been a most tiring one to the worthy Governor of the
+ colony of New South Wales, just then struggling weakly in its infancy, and
+ only emerging from the horrors of actual starvation, caused by the utter
+ neglect of the Home authorities to send out further supplies of
+ provisions. Prisoners of both sexes came in plenty, but brought nothing to
+ eat with them; the military officers who should have helped him in his
+ arduous labours were secretly plotting against him, and their spare time&mdash;and
+ they had plenty&mdash;was devoted to writing letters home to highly-placed
+ personages imploring them to induce the Government to break up the
+ settlement and not &ldquo;waste the health and lives of even these abandoned
+ convicts in trying to found a colony in the most awful and hideous desert
+ the eye of man had ever seen, a place which can never be useful to man and
+ is accursed by God.&rdquo; But the Governor took no heed. Mutiny and discontent
+ he had fought in his silent, determined way as he fought grim famine,
+ sparing himself nothing, toiling from dawn till dark, listening to
+ complaints, remedying abuses, punishing with swift severity those who
+ deserved it, and yet always preserving the same cold, unbending dignity of
+ manner which covered a highly-sensitive and deeply sympathetic nature.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But on this particular day, fatigue, the intense heat, which had
+ prevailed, a violent quarrel between the intriguing major commanding the
+ marines, and many other lesser worries, had been almost more than he could
+ bear, so it may well be imagined that he was more inclined for rest than
+ talk.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Ten, twenty minutes, and then the thin, spare figure raised itself wearily
+ from the rude sofa. He must see his visitor. He had promised to do so, and
+ the sooner it was over the better. He called to the orderly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Tell Mr.&mdash;Corwell you said?&mdash;to come in.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A heavy step sounded on the bare floor, and one ot the finest specimens of
+ manhood Governor Arthur Phillip had ever seen in all his long naval career
+ stood before him and saluted. There was something so pleasant and yet so
+ manly in the handsome, cleanshaven and deeply-bronzed face, that the
+ Governor was at once attracted to him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Be seated, Mr. Corwell,&rdquo; he said in his low, yet clear tones. &ldquo;I am very
+ tired, so you must not keep me long.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Certainly not, your Excellency. But I thought, sir, that you would prefer
+ to hear the report of my voyage personally. I have discovered a
+ magnificent harbour north of the Solomon Islands, and&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Ha! And so you came to me. Very sensible, very sensible of you. I am
+ obliged to you, sir. Tell me all about it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Certainly, your Excellency; but I regret I have intruded on you this
+ evening. Perhaps, sir, you will permit me to call again to-morrow?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, no, not at all,&rdquo; was the energetic reply. I am always ready to hear
+ anything of this nature.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I knew that, sir, for the masters of the <i>Breckenbridge</i> and another
+ transport told me that you were most anxious to learn of any discoveries
+ in the Pacific Islands.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Very true, sir. I am looking forward to hear from them and from the
+ masters of other transports which I am inducing to follow the whale
+ fishery on their return voyage to England <i>via</i> Batavia. But so far I
+ have heard nothing from any one of them.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Encouraged and pleased at the Governor's manner, the master of the <i>Ceres</i>
+ at once produced a roughly executed plan and a detailed written
+ description of the harbour, which, he asserted with confidence, was one of
+ the finest in that part of the Pacific. A broad, deep stream of water ran
+ from the lofty range of mountains which traversed the island north and
+ south and fell into a spacious bay, on the shores of which was a large and
+ populous native village, whose inhabitants had treated Cornell and the few
+ men of his ship's company with considerable kindness, furnishing them not
+ only with wood and water, but an ample supply of fresh provisions as well.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ During the two weeks that the <i>Ceres</i> lay at anchor, Corwell and two
+ or three of his hands unhesitatingly trusted themselves among the natives,
+ who escorted them inland and around the coast. Everywhere was evidence of
+ the extraordinary fertility of the island, which, in the vicinity of the
+ seashore, was highly cultivated, each family's plantation being enclosed
+ by stone fences, while their houses were strongly built and neatly
+ constructed. The broad belt of the slopes of the mountains were covered
+ with magnificent timber, which Corwell believed to be teak, equal in
+ quality to any he had seen in the East Indies, and which he said could be
+ easily brought down to the seashore for shipment owing to there being
+ several other large streams beside the one on whose banks the principal
+ village was built.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Governor was much interested, and complimented the young seaman on the
+ manner in which he had written out his description of the place and his
+ observations on the character and customs of the inhabitants.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Such information as you have given me, Mr. Corwell, is always valuable,
+ and I give you my best thanks. I wish I could do more; and had I the
+ means, men, and money to spare I should send a vessel there and to other
+ islands in the vicinity to make further examination, for I believe that
+ from those islands to the northward we can obtain invaluable food supplies
+ in the future. The winds are more favourable for making a quick voyage
+ there and back than they are to those groups to the eastward; but,&rdquo; and
+ here he sighed, &ldquo;our condition is such that I fear it will be many years
+ ere His Majesty will consent to such an undertaking. But much may be done
+ at private cost&mdash;perhaps in the near future.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The young man remained silent for a moment or two; then with some
+ hesitation he said, as he took a small paper packet from his coat pocket
+ and handed it to the Governor, &ldquo;Will your Excellency look at this and tell
+ me what it is. I&mdash;I imagine it is pure gold, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Gold, gold!&rdquo; and something like a frown contracted the Governor's pale
+ brows; &ldquo;ever since the settlement was formed I've been pestered with tales
+ of gold, and a pretty expense it has run me into sending parties out to
+ search for it. Why, only six months ago a rascally prisoner gulled one of
+ my officers into letting him lead an expedition into the bush&mdash;the
+ fellow had filed down a brass bolt&mdash;&rdquo; he looked up and caught sight
+ of the dark flush which had suddenly suffused his visitor's face&mdash;&ldquo;but
+ I do not for a moment imagine you are playing upon my credulity, Mr.
+ Corwell.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He untied the string and opened the packet, and in an instant an
+ exclamation of astonishment and pleasure escaped as he saw that the folds
+ of paper held quite three ounces of bright and flaky water-worn gold.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;This certainly <i>is</i> gold, sir. May I ask where you obtained it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I made the voyage to Sydney Cove to tell your Excellency of two
+ discoveries&mdash;one was of the fine harbour, the other was of this gold,
+ which my wife (who is a native of Ternate) and myself ourselves washed out
+ of the bed of a small stream; the natives helped us, but attached not the
+ slightest value to our discovery. In fact, sir, they assured us as well as
+ they could that much more was to be had in every river on the island.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Your wife was it, then, or yourself, who first recognised what it was?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;She did, sir. She has seen much of it in the hands of the Bugis and Arab
+ traders in her native country.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Governor moved his slender forefinger to and fro amid the shining,
+ heavy particles, then he pondered deeply for some minutes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Tell me frankly, Mr. Corwell&mdash;why did you make a long voyage to this
+ settlement to tell <i>me</i> of your discovery?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;In the hope, sir, that you would advise and perhaps assist me. My crew
+ are Malays and Chinese and would have murdered me if they knew what I
+ knew. Will your Excellency tell me the proper course to pursue so that I
+ may be protected in my discovery? I am a poor man, though my ship is my
+ own, but she is old and leaky and must undergo heavy repairs before she
+ leaves Sydney Cove again; my present crew I wish to replace by half a
+ dozen respectable Englishmen, and&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Governor shook his head. &ldquo;I will do all I can to help you, but I
+ cannot provide you with men. The island which you have visited may have
+ been discovered and taken possession of by France, two of whose exploring
+ ships were in these seas a few years ago, and even if that is not the case
+ I could not take possession of them for His Majesty, as I have no
+ commissioned officer to spare to undertake such a duty. Yet, if such an
+ officer were available, Mr. Corwell, I would be strongly tempted to send
+ him with you, hoist the British flag, and then urge the Home Government to
+ confirm my action and secure to you the right, subject to the King's
+ royalties, to work these gold deposits. But I am powerless&mdash;much as I
+ wish to aid you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A look of disappointment clouded the young captain's handsome features.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Would your Excellency permit me to endeavour to find three or four seamen
+ myself? There is a transport ready to sail for England, and I may be able
+ to get some men from her.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I doubt it. Unless you revealed the object of your voyage&mdash;which
+ would be exceedingly foolish of you&mdash;you could not induce them to
+ make a voyage in such a small vessel as yours to islands inhabited mostly
+ by ferocious savages. But this much I can and will do for you. I will
+ direct Captain Hunter of the <i>Sirius</i>, the only King's ship I have
+ here, to set his carpenters to work on your vessel as soon as ever you
+ careen her; I will supply you at my own private cost with arms and
+ ammunition and a new suit of sails. Provisions I cannot give you&mdash;God
+ knows we want them badly enough ourselves, although we are not now in such
+ a bad plight as we were ten months ago. Yet for all that I may be able to
+ get you a cask or two of beef.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is most generous of you, sir. I will not, however, take the beef,
+ your Excellency. But for the sails and the repairs to my poor little
+ vessel I thank you, sir, most heartily and sincerely. And I pledge you my
+ word of honour, as well as giving you my written bond, that I will redeem
+ my obligations to you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And if you fail I shall be content, for I well know that it will be no
+ fault of yours. But stay, Mr. Corwell; I must have one condition.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Name it, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You too must pledge me your honour that you will not reveal the secret of
+ your discovery of gold to any one in the settlement. This I do not demand&mdash;I
+ ask it as a favour.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Then the Governor took him, guardedly enough, into his confidence. With a
+ thousand convicts, most of them utter ruffians, guarded by a scanty force
+ or marines, the news of gold having been found would, he was sure, have a
+ disastrous effect, and lead to open revolt. The few small merchant ships
+ which were in port were partly manned by convict seamen, and there was
+ every likelihood of them being seized by gangs of desperate criminals,
+ fired with the idea of reaching the golden island. Already a party of
+ convicts had escaped with the mad idea of walking to China, which they
+ believed was only separated from Australia by a large river which existed
+ a few hundred miles to the northward of the settlement. Some of them died
+ of thirst, others were slaughtered by the blacks, and the wounded and
+ exhausted survivors were glad to make their way back again to their
+ gaolers.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Cornell listened intently, and gave his promise readily. Then he rose to
+ go, and the Governor held out his hand.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good evening, Mr. Cornell. I must see you again before you sail.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ II
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ One evening, three weeks later&mdash;so vigorously had the carpenter's
+ mates from the old frigate <i>Sirius</i> got through their work&mdash;the
+ <i>Ceres</i> was ready for sea. She was to sail on the following morning,
+ and Corwell, having just returned from the shore, where he had been to say
+ goodbye to the kind-hearted Governor, was pacing the deck with his wife,
+ his smiling face and eager tones showing that he was well pleased.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He had reason to be pleased, for unusual luck had attended him. Not only
+ had his ship been thoroughly and efficiently repaired, but he had replaced
+ six of his untrustworthy Malays by four good, sturdy British seamen, one
+ of whom he had appointed mate. These men had arrived at Sydney Cove in a
+ transport a few days after his interview with the Governor; the transport
+ had been condemned, and Corwell, much to his delight, found that out of
+ her crew of thirty, four were willing to come with him on what he
+ cautiously described as a &ldquo;voyage of venture to the South Seas.&rdquo; All of
+ them had served in the navy, and the captain of the transport and his
+ officers gave them excellent characters for sobriety and seamanship. Out
+ of the sixty or seventy pounds which still remained to him he had given
+ them a substantial advance, and the cheerful manner in which they turned
+ to and helped the carpenters from the frigate convinced him that he had
+ secured decent, reliable men, to whom he thought he could reveal the real
+ object of his voyage later on.
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ Two years before Cornell had been mate of a &ldquo;country&rdquo; ship employed in
+ trading between Calcutta and the Moluccas. The Ternate agent of the owners
+ of the ship was an Englishman named Leighton, a widower with one daughter,
+ whose mother had died when the girl was fifteen. With this man the young
+ officer struck up a friendship, and before six months had passed he was
+ the acknowledged suitor of Mary Leighton, with whom he had fallen in love
+ at first sight, and who quickly responded to his affection. She was then
+ twenty-two years of age, tall and fair, with dark hazel eyes, like her
+ English mother, and possessed of such indomitable spirit and courage that
+ her father often laughingly declared it was she, and not he, who really
+ managed the business which he controlled.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ And she really did much to help him; she knew his weak, vacillating, and
+ speculative nature would long since have left them penniless had he not
+ yielded to her advice and protests on many occasions, Generous and
+ extravagantly hospitable, he spent his money lavishly, and had squandered
+ two or three fortunes in wild business ventures in the Indian Seas instead
+ of saving one. Latterly, however, he had been more careful, and when
+ Corwell had made his acquaintance he had two vessels&mdash;a barque and a
+ brig&mdash;both of which were very profitably engaged in the Manila-China
+ trade, and he was now sanguine or mending his broken fortunes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Isolated as were father and daughter from the advantages of constant
+ intercourse with European society, the duty of educating the girl was a
+ task of love to her remaining parent, who, before he entered &ldquo;John
+ Company's&rdquo; service, had travelled much in Europe. Yet, devoted as he was
+ to her, and looking forward with some dread to the coming loneliness of
+ life which would be his when she married, he cheerfully gave his consent
+ to her union with John Cornell, for whom he had conceived a strong liking,
+ and who, he knew, would make her a good husband.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They were married at Batavia, to which port they were accompanied by Mr.
+ Leighton, who, during the voyage, had pressed Corwell to leave his then
+ employment and join him in a venture which had occupied his mind for the
+ past year. This was to despatch either the barque or brig, laden with
+ trade goods, to the Society Islands in the South Pacific, to barter for
+ coconut oil and pearl shell.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Leighton was certain that there was a fortune awaiting the man who entered
+ upon the venture, and his arguments so convinced the young man that he
+ consented.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On arrival at Batavia they found there the officers and crew of a
+ shipwrecked English vessel, and one of the former eagerly took Corwell's
+ place as chief mate, his captain offering no objection. A few weeks after
+ Mr. Leighton hired the <i>Ceres</i> to take himself, his daughter, and her
+ husband back to Ternate, eager to begin the work of fitting out one of his
+ vessels for the voyage that was to bring them fortune. He, it was
+ arranged, was to remain at Ternate, Mary was to sail with her husband to
+ the South Seas.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But a terrible shock awaited them. As the <i>Ceres</i> sailed up to her
+ anchorage before Mr. Leighton's house, his Chinese clerk came on board
+ with the news that the barque had foundered in a typhoon, and the brig had
+ been plundered and burnt by pirates within a few miles of Canton. The
+ unfortunate man gave one last appealing look at his daughter and then fell
+ on the deck at her feet He never spoke again, and died in a few hours.
+ When his affairs came to be settled up, it was found that, after paying
+ his debts, there was less than four hundred pounds left&mdash;a sum little
+ more than that which Corwell had managed to save out of his own wages.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Never mind, Jack,&rdquo; said Mary. &ldquo;'Tis little enough, but yet 'tis enough.
+ And, Jack, let us go away from here. I should not care now to meet any of
+ the people father knew in his prosperity.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Cornell kissed his wife, and then they at once discussed the future. Half
+ an hour later he had bought the <i>Ceres</i> from her captain (who was
+ also the owner), paid him his money and taken possession. Before the week
+ was out he had bought all the trade goods he could afford to pay for,
+ shipped a crew of Malays and Chinese, and, with Mary by his side, watched
+ Ternate sink astern as the <i>Ceres</i> began her long voyage to the South
+ Seas.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After a three weeks' voyage along the northern and eastern shores of New
+ Guinea the <i>Ceres</i> came to an anchor in the harbour which Cornell had
+ described to the Governor. The rest of his story, up to the time of his
+ arrival in Sydney Cove, the reader knows. *****
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Steadily northward under cloudless skies the high-pooped, bluff-bowed
+ little vessel had sailed, favoured by leading winds nearly all the way,
+ for four-and-twenty days, when, on the morning of the twenty-fifth,
+ Corwell, who had been up aloft scanning the blue loom of a lofty island
+ which lay right ahead, descended to the deck with a smiling face.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is not only the island itself, Mary, but with this breeze we have a
+ clear run for the big village in the bay; I can see the spur on the
+ southern side quite clearly.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I'm so glad, Jack, dear. And how you have worried and fumed for the past
+ three days!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I feared we had got too far to the westward, my girl,&rdquo; he said. Then
+ telling the mate to keep away a couple of points, he went below to pore
+ over the plan of the harbour, a copy of which had been taken by the
+ Governor, As he studied it his wife's fingers passed lovingly through and
+ through his curly locks. He looked up, put his arm around her waist, and
+ swung her to a seat on his knees.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think, Mary, I can tell the men now.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I'm sure you can! The sooner you take them into your confidence the
+ better.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Corwell nodded. During the voyage he had watched the mate and three white
+ seamen keenly, and was thoroughly satisfied with them. The remainder of
+ the crew&mdash;three Manila men and two Penang Malays&mdash;did their duty
+ well enough, but both he and his wife knew from long experience that such
+ people were not to be trusted when their avarice was aroused. He resolved,
+ therefore, to rely entirely upon his white crew and the natives of the
+ island to help him in obtaining the gold. Yet, as he could not possibly
+ keep the operations a secret from the five men he distrusted, he decided,
+ as a safeguard against their possible and dangerous ill-will, to promise
+ them double wages from the day he found that gold was to be obtained in
+ payable quantities. As for the mate and three other white men, they should
+ have one-fifth of all the gold won between them, he keeping the remaining
+ four-fifths for himself and wife.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He put his head up the companion-way and called to the man whom he had
+ appointed mate.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come below, Mallett, and bring Totten, Harris, and Sam with you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Wondering what was the matter the four men came into the cabin. As soon as
+ they were standing together at the head of the little table, the captain's
+ wife went quietly on deck to see that none of the coloured crew came aft
+ to listen.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now, men,&rdquo; said Corwell, &ldquo;I have something important to tell you. I
+ believe I can trust you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Then in as few words as possible he told them the object of the voyage and
+ his intentions towards them. At first they seemed somewhat incredulous,
+ but when they were shown some of the gold their doubts vanished, and they
+ one and all swore to be honest and true to him and to obey him faithfully
+ whether afloat or ashore, in fair or evil fortune.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From his scanty store of liquor the captain took a bottle of rum, and they
+ drank to their future success; then Corwell shook each man's hand and sent
+ him on deck.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Just before dusk the <i>Ceres</i> ran in and dropped her clumsy,
+ wooden-stocked anchor in the crystal-clear water, a few cables' length
+ away from the village. As the natives recognised her a chorus of welcoming
+ shouts and cries pealed from the shore from five hundred dusky-hued
+ throats.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0004" id="link2H_4_0004">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ III
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ A blazing, tropic sun shone in mid-heaven upon the motionless waters of
+ the deep, land-locked bay in which the Ceres lay, with top-mast struck and
+ awnings spread fore and aft. A quarter of a mile away was the beach,
+ girdled with its thick belt of coco-palms whose fronds hung limp and hot
+ in the windless air as if gasping for breath. Here and there, among the
+ long line of white, lime-washed canoes, drawn up on the sand, snowy white
+ and blue cranes stalked to and fro seeking for the small thin-shelled
+ soldier crabs burrowing under the loose <i>débris</i> of leaves and fallen
+ palm-branches to escape the heat.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A few yards back from the level of high-water mark clustered the houses of
+ the native village, built on both sides of the bright, fast-flowing stream
+ which here, as it debouched into the sea, was wide and shallow, showing a
+ bottom composed of rounded black stones alternating with rocky bars. Along
+ the grassless banks, worn smooth by the constant tread of naked feet, grew
+ tall many-hued crotons, planted and carefully tended by their native
+ owners, and shielded from the rays of the sun by the ever-present
+ coco-palms. From either side of the bank, looking westward towards the
+ forest, there was a clear stretch of water half a mile in length, then the
+ river was hidden from view, for in its course from the mountains through
+ the heavily-jungled littoral it took many bends and twists, sometimes
+ running swiftly over rocky, gravelly beds, sometimes flowing noiselessly
+ through deep, muddy-bottomed pools and dank, steamy swamps, the haunt of
+ the silent, dreaded alligator.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At the head of the straight stretch of water of which I have spoken there
+ was on the left-hand bank of the river an open grassy sward, surrounded by
+ clumps of areca and coco-palms, and in the centre stood a large house,
+ built by native hands, but showing by various external signs that it was
+ tenanted by people other than the wild inhabitants of the island. Just in
+ front of the house, and surrounded by a number of canoes, the boat
+ belonging to the <i>Ceres</i> was moored to the bank, and under a long
+ open-sided, palm-thatched shed, were a number of brown-skinned naked
+ savages, some lying sleeping, others squatting on their hams,
+ energetically chewing betel nut.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As they talked and chewed and spat out the scarlet juice through their
+ hideous red lips and coaly black teeth, a canoe, paddled by two natives
+ and steered by Mallet, the mate of the <i>Ceres</i>, came up the river.
+ The instant it was seen a chorus of yells arose from the natives in the
+ long hut, and Mary Corwell came to the open doorway of the house and
+ looked out.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Wake up, wake up, Jack!&rdquo; she cried, turning her face inwards over her
+ graceful shoulder, &ldquo;here is Mallet.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Her voice awoke her husband, who in an instant sprang from his couch and
+ joined her, just as Mallet&mdash;a short, square-built man of fifty&mdash;stepped
+ out of the canoe and walked briskly towards them, wiping his broad, honest
+ face with a blue cotton handkerchief.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come inside, Mallet. 'Tis a bit cooler in here. I'm sorry I sent you down
+ to the ship on such a day as this.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mallet laughed good-naturedly. &ldquo;I didn't mind it, sir, though 'tis a
+ powerful hot day, and the natives are all lying asleep in their huts; they
+ can't understand why us works as we do in the sun. Lord, sir! How I should
+ like to see old Kingsdown and Walmer Castle to-day, all a-white with snow.
+ I was born at Deal.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mary Cornell brought the old seaman a young coconut to drink, and her
+ husband added a little rum; Mallet tossed it off and then sat down.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, sir, the ship is all right, and those chaps aboard seem content
+ enough. But I'm afeared that the worms are a-getting into her although she
+ is moored right abreast of the river. So I took it on me to tell Totten
+ and Harris to stay aboard whilst I came back to ask you if it wouldn't be
+ best for us to bring her right in to the fresh water, and moor her here,
+ right abreast o' the house. That'll kill any worms as has got into her
+ timbers. And we can tow her in the day after to-morrow, when there will be
+ a big tide.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You did quite right, Mallet. Very likely the worms have got into her
+ timbers in spite of her being abreast of the river's mouth. I should have
+ thought of this before.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Ah, Jack,&rdquo; said his wife, with a smile, &ldquo;we have thought too much of our
+ gold-getting and too little of the poor old <i>Ceres</i>.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, I shall think more of her now, Mary. And as the rains will be on us
+ in a few days&mdash;so the natives say&mdash;and we can do no more work
+ for three months, I think it will be as well for us to sail the <i>Ceres</i>
+ over to that chain of lagoon islands about thirty miles from here. I fear
+ to remain here during the wet season, on account of the fever.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After further discussion it was decided that Jack and Mallet, with some
+ natives, should make an early start in the morning for their mining camp,
+ six miles away, at the foot of the range, and do a long, last day's work,
+ returning to the house on the following day. Meanwhile a message was to be
+ sent to Harris and Totten to bring the vessel into the creek as soon as
+ the tide served, which would be in forty-eight hours. Then, whilst she lay
+ for a week in the fresh water, so as to kill the suspected <i>teredo
+ navalis</i> worms, which Mallet feared had attacked her, she was to be
+ made ready for the short voyage of thirty miles over to a cluster of
+ islands enclosing a spacious lagoon, where Corwell intended to beach her
+ till the rainy season was over, when he would return to work a very
+ promising stream in another locality. Already he and his men, aided by the
+ natives, had, in the four months that had passed since they arrived, won
+ nearly five hundred ounces of gold, crude as were their appliances.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Jack,&rdquo; said his wife, &ldquo;I think that, as you will be away all day and
+ night, to-morrow I shall go on board and see what I can do. I'll make the
+ men turn to and give the cabin a thorough overhauling. Marawa, the chiefs
+ wife, has given me a lot of sleeping-mats, and I shall throw those old
+ horrible flock mattresses overboard, and we shall have nice clean mats
+ instead to lie on.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ At daylight Mallet aroused the natives who were to accompany him and the
+ captain, and then told off two of them to make the boat ready for Mrs.
+ Corwell. Then he returned to the house and called out&mdash;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The boat is ready, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So am I, Mallet,&rdquo; replied Mary, tying on her old-fashioned sun-hood. Then
+ she turned to her husband. &ldquo;Jack, darling, this will be the very first
+ time in our married life that I have ever slept away from you, and it
+ shall be the last, too. But I <i>do</i> want to surprise you when you see
+ our cabin again.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ She put her lips up to him and kissed him half a dozen times. &ldquo;There,
+ that's a good-night and good morning three times over. Now I'm ready.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Corwell and Mallet walked down to the boat with her and saw her get in.
+ She kissed her hand to them and in a few minutes was out of sight.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ IV
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ A light, cool breeze, which had set in at daylight, was blowing when Mary
+ Corwell boarded the <i>Ceres</i>. Totten and Harris met her at the
+ gangway, caps in hand. Poor Sam, their former shipmate, had died of fever
+ a month before. They were delighted to hear that she intended to remain on
+ board, and Harris at once told Miguel, the scoundrelly-faced Manila cook,
+ to get breakfast ready.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And you must have your breakfast with me,&rdquo; said Mary, &ldquo;and after that you
+ must obey <i>my</i> orders. I am to be captain to-day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ As she and the two seamen sat aft under the awning, at their breakfast,
+ Selak, the leading Malay, and his fellows squatted on the fore-hatch and
+ talked in whispers.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I tell thee,&rdquo; said Selak, &ldquo;that I have seen it. On the evening of the day
+ when the man Sam died and was buried, I was sitting outside the house. It
+ was dark, and the Tuan Korwal thought I had returned to the ship. I crept
+ near and listened. They were speaking of what should be done with the dead
+ man's share of the gold. Then I looked through the cave side of the house,
+ and&mdash;dost remember that white basin of thine, Miguel?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Manila man nodded.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The white woman, at a sign from her husband, went into the inner room and
+ brought it out and placed it on the table. It was full to the brim with
+ gold! and there was more in a bag!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His listeners drew nearer to him, their dark eyes gleaming with avarice.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then the Tuan said, 'None of Sam's gold will I or my wife touch. Let it
+ be divided among you three. It is but fair.'
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They talked again, and then Mallet said to the Tuan, 'Captain, it shall
+ be as you wish. But let it all go together till the time comes for thee to
+ give us our share.'
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I watched the white woman take the basin and the bag, put them into a
+ box, and place the box in a hole in the ground in her sleeping-room. Then
+ I came away, for my heart was on fire with the wrong that hath been done
+ to us.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He rose to his feet and peered round the corner of the galley. Mary and
+ the two seamen were eating very leisurely.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Three of them are here now and will sleep aboard to-night. God hath given
+ them into our hands!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And what of the other two?&mdash;they are strong men,&rdquo; asked a wizen,
+ monkey-faced Malay, nicknamed Nakoda (the captain).
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Bah! What is a giant if he sleeps and a kriss is swept across his throat,
+ or a spear is thrust into his back from behind? They, too, shall die as
+ quickly as these who sit near us. Now listen. But sit thou out on the
+ deck, Miguel, so that thou canst warn us if either of those accursed dogs
+ approach.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The cook obeyed him silently.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;<i>This</i> it is to be. To-night these three here shall die in their
+ sleep, silently and without a sound. Then we, all but thou, Nakoda, shall
+ take the boat and go to the house. Both the Tuan and Mallet sleep heavily,
+ and&rdquo;&mdash;he drew his hand swiftly across his tawny throat.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And then?&rdquo; queried Nakoda.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And then the gold&mdash;the gold, or our share of which we have been
+ robbed&mdash;is ours, and the ship is ours, and I, Selak, will guide ye
+ all to Dobbo in the Aru Islands, where we shall be safe, and become great
+ men.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But,&rdquo; muttered another man, &ldquo;what if these black sons of Shaitan here of
+ the Island turn upon us after we have slain the white men?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Selak laughed scornfully. &ldquo;The sound of a gun terrifies them. They are
+ cowards, and will not seek to interfere with us.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ Night had fallen. The two white seamen, tired out with their day's work,
+ had spread their mats on the poop, and were sound in slumber. Below in the
+ cabin, the captain's wife lay reading by the light of a lamp; and Selak,
+ standing in the waist, could see its faint reflection shining through the
+ cabin door, which opened on to the main deck. Sitting on the fore-deck,
+ with their hands clutching their knives, his companions watched him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At last the light was lowered, and Mary closed her eyes and slept.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Malay waited patiently. One by one the remaining native fires on the
+ shore went out; and, presently, a chill gust of air swept down from the
+ mountains, and looking shoreward he saw that the sky to the eastward was
+ quickly darkening and hiding the stars&mdash;a heavy downpour of rain was
+ near.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He drew his kriss from its tortoiseshell sheath and felt the edge, made a
+ gesture to the crouching tigers for'ard, and then stepped lightly along
+ the deck to the open cabin door; the other four crept after him, then
+ stopped and waited&mdash;for less than a minute.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A faint, choking cry came from the cabin, and then Selak came out, his
+ kriss streaming with blood.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is done,&rdquo; he whispered, and pointing to the poop he sprang up.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Hi, there! what's the matter?&rdquo; cried Totten, who had heard the feint cry;
+ and then, too late, he drew his pistol from his belt and fired&mdash;as
+ Selak's kriss plunged into his chest. Poor Harris was slaughtered ere he
+ had opened his eyes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Spurning Totten's body with his naked foot, Selak cursed it. &ldquo;Accursed
+ Christian dog! Would I could bring thee to life so that I might kill thee
+ again!&rdquo; Then, as he heard the rushing hum of the coming rain squall, and
+ saw that the shore was hidden from view, as if a solid wall of white stone
+ had suddenly arisen between it and the ship, he grinned.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Bah! what does it matter? Had it been a cannon instead of a pistol it
+ could scarce have been heard on the shore in such a din.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Ordering the bodies of the two seamen to be thrown overboard, Selak, the
+ most courageous, entered the cabin, took a couple of muskets from the
+ rack, and some powder and ball from the mate's berth, and returning to his
+ followers, bade them bring the boat alongside.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Throw the woman after them,&rdquo; he cried to Nakoda, as the boat pushed off
+ into the darkness, just as the hissing rain began. &ldquo;We shall return ere it
+ is dawn.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Nakoda would have sprung over the side after the boat, but he feared the
+ sharks even more than Selak's kriss; so running for'ard, he crept into his
+ bunk and lay there, too terrified to move.
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ Mallet and Corwell, with the natives, worked hard till near sunset, and
+ then ceased.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;There's nearly five ounces in that lot, Mallet,&rdquo; said the captain,
+ pointing to two buckets of wash-dirt. &ldquo;Let us have a bathe, and then get
+ something to eat before it is too dark.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The natives say we ought to get back to the house, sir, instead of
+ sleeping here tonight. They say a heavy storm is coming on, and we'll be
+ washed out of the camp.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Very well, Mallet I don't want to stay here, I can assure you. Tell them
+ to hurry up, then. Get the shovels and other gear, and let us start as
+ quickly as possible. It will take us a good three hours to get back to the
+ house.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ By sunset they started, walking in single file along the narrow, dangerous
+ mountain-path, a false step on which meant a fall of hundreds of feet.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Half-way down, the storm overtook them, but guided by the surefooted
+ natives they pressed steadily on, gained the level ground, and at last
+ reached the house about ten o'clock.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now that we have come so far we might as well go on board and give my
+ wife a surprise,&rdquo; said Corwell to Mallet. &ldquo;Look, the rain is taking off.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not for long, sir. But if we start at once we may get aboard afore it
+ starts again.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Two willing natives, wet and shivering as they were, quickly baled out a
+ canoe, and in a few minutes they were off, paddling down towards the sea.
+ But scarce had they gone a few hundred yards when another sudden downpour
+ of rain blotted out everything around them. But the natives paddled
+ steadily on amid the deafening roar; the river was wide, and there was no
+ danger of striking anything harder than the hanging branch of a tree or
+ the soft banks.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I thought I heard voices just now,&rdquo; shouted Mallet.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Natives been out fishing,&rdquo; replied Corwell.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As the canoe shot out through the mouth of the river into the open bay the
+ rain ceased as suddenly as it began, and the <i>Ceres</i> loomed up right
+ ahead.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don't hail them, Mallet. Let us go aboard quietly.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They clambered up the side, the two natives following, and, wet and
+ dripping, entered the cabin.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Corwell stepped to the swinging lamp, which burnt dimly, and pricked up
+ the wick. His wife seemed to be sound asleep on the cushioned transom
+ locker.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Mary,&rdquo; he cried, &ldquo;wake up, dearest. We&mdash;&mdash; ... Oh my
+ God,Mallet!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He sprang to her side, and kneeling beside the still figure, placed his
+ hand on the blood-stained bosom.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Dead! Dead! Murdered!&rdquo; He rose to his feet, and stared wildly at Mallet,
+ swayed to and fro, and then fell heavily forward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As the two natives stood at the cabin door, gazing in wondering horror at
+ the scene, they heard a splash. Nakoda had jumped overboard and was
+ swimming ashore.
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ Long before dawn the native war-drums began to beat, and when Selak and
+ his fellow-murderers reached the mouth of the river they ran into a fleet
+ of canoes which waited for them. They fought like the tigers they were,
+ but were soon overcome and made prisoners, tied hand and foot, and carried
+ ashore to the &ldquo;House of the Young Men.&rdquo; The gold was taken care of by the
+ chief, who brought it on board to Corwell.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;When do these men die?&rdquo; he asked,
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;To-day,&rdquo; replied Corwell huskily; &ldquo;to-day, after I have buried my wife.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On a little island just within the barrier reef, she was laid to rest,
+ with the never-ending cry of the surf for her requiem.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At sunset, Corwell and Mallet left the ship and landed at the village, and
+ as their feet touched the sand the war-drums broke out with deafening
+ clamour. They each carried a cutlass, and walked quickly through the
+ thronging natives to the &ldquo;House of the Young Men.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Bring them out,&rdquo; said Corwell hoarsely to the chief.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ One by one Selak and his fellow-prisoners were brought out and placed on
+ their feet, the bonds that held them were cut, and their hands seized and
+ held widely apart. And then Corwell and Mallet thrust their cutlasses
+ through the cruel hearts.
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0006" id="link2H_4_0006">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ POISONOUS FISH OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ Many years ago I was sent with a wrecking party of native seamen to take
+ possession of a Swedish barque which had gone ashore on the reef of one of
+ the Marshall Islands, in the North Pacific. My employers, who had bought
+ the vessel for £100, were in hopes that she might possibly be floated,
+ patched up, and brought to Sydney. However, on arriving at the island I
+ found that she was hopelessly bilged, so we at once set to work to strip
+ her of everything of value, especially her copper, which was new. It was
+ during these operations that I made acquaintance with both poisonous and
+ stinging fish. There were not more than sixty or seventy natives living on
+ the island, and some of these, as soon as we anchored in the lagoon, asked
+ me to caution my own natives&mdash;who came from various other Pacific
+ islands&mdash;not to eat any fish they might catch in the lagoon until
+ each one had been examined by a local man. I followed their injunction,
+ and for two or three weeks all went well; then came trouble.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ I had brought down with me from Sydney a white carpenter&mdash;one of the
+ most obstinate, cross-grained old fellows that ever trod a deck, but an
+ excellent workman if humoured a little. At his own request he lived on
+ board the wrecked barque, instead of taking up his quarters on shore in
+ the native village with the rest of the wrecking party. One evening as I
+ was returning from the shore to the schooner&mdash;I always slept on board&mdash;I
+ saw the old man fishing from the waist of the wreck, for it was high tide,
+ and there was ten feet of water around the ship. I saw him excitedly haul
+ in a good-sized fish, and, hailing him, inquired how many he had caught,
+ and if he were sure they were not poisonous? He replied that he had caught
+ five, and that &ldquo;there was nothin' the matter with them.&rdquo; Knowing what a
+ self-willed, ignorant man he was, I thought I should have a look at the
+ fish and satisfy myself; so I ran the boat alongside and clambered on
+ board, followed by two of my native crew. The moment we opened the fishes'
+ mouths and looked down their throats we saw the infallible sign which
+ denoted their highly poisonous condition&mdash;a colouring of bright
+ orange with thin reddish-brown streaks. The old fellow grumbled
+ excessively when I told him to throw them overboard, and then somewhat
+ annoyed me by saying that all the talk about them being unsafe was bunkum.
+ He had, he said, caught and eaten just the same kind of fish at Vavau, in
+ the Tonga Islands, time and time again. It was no use arguing with such a
+ creature, so, after again warning him not to eat any fish of any kind
+ unless the natives &ldquo;passed&rdquo; them as non-poisonous, I left him and went on
+ board my own vessel.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ We had supper rather later than usual that evening, and, as the mate and
+ myself were smoking on deck about nine o'clock, we heard four shots in
+ rapid succession fired from the wreck. Knowing that something was wrong, I
+ called a couple of hands, and in a few minutes was pulled on board, where
+ I found the old carpenter lying writhing in agony, his features presenting
+ a truly shocking and terrifying appearance. His revolver lay on the deck
+ near him&mdash;he had fired it to bring assistance. I need not here
+ describe the peculiarly drastic remedies adopted by the natives to save
+ the man's life. They at first thought the case was a hopeless one, but by
+ daylight the patient was out of danger. He was never able to turn to again
+ as long as we were on the island, and suffered from the effects of the
+ fish for quite two or three years. He had, he afterwards told me, made up
+ his mind to eat some of the fish that evening to show me that he was right
+ and I was wrong.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A few weeks after this incident myself and a native lad named Viri, who
+ was one of our crew and always my companion in fishing or shooting
+ excursions, went across the lagoon to some low sandy islets, where we were
+ pretty sure of getting a turtle or two. Viri's father and mother were
+ Samoans, but he had been born on Nassau Island, a lonely spot in the South
+ Pacific, where he had lived till he was thirteen years of age. He was now
+ fifteen, and a smarter, more cheerful, more intelligent native boy I had
+ never met.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His knowledge of bird and fish life was a never-ending source of pleasure
+ and instruction to me, and the late Earl of Pembroke and Sir William
+ Flower would have delighted in him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was dead low tide when we reached the islets, so taking our spears with
+ us we set out along the reef to look for turtle in the many deep and
+ winding pools which broke up the surface of the reef. After searching for
+ some time together without success, Viri left me and went off towards the
+ sea, I keeping to the inner side of the lagoon. Presently in a shallow
+ pool about ten feet in circumference I espied a small but exceedingly
+ beautiful fish. It was about four inches in length, and two and a half
+ inches in depth, and as it kept perfectly still I had time to admire its
+ brilliant hues&mdash;blue and yellow-banded sides with fins and tail
+ tipped with vivid crimson spots. Around the eyes were a number of dark
+ yellowish or orange-coloured rings, and the eyes themselves were large,
+ bright, and staring. It displayed no alarm at my presence, but presently
+ swam slowly to the side of the pool and disappeared under the coral ledge.
+ I determined to catch and examine the creature, and in a few minutes I
+ discovered it resting in such a position that I could grasp it with my
+ hand. I did so, and seizing it firmly by the back and belly, whipped it up
+ out of the water, but not before I felt several sharp pricks from its
+ fins. Holding it so as to study it closely, I suddenly dropped it in
+ disgust, as strange violent pains shot through my hand. In another two
+ minutes they had so increased in their intensity that I became alarmed and
+ shouted to Viri to come back. Certainly not more than five or ten minutes
+ elapsed before he was with me; to me it seemed ages, for by this time the
+ pain was excruciating. A look at the fish told him nothing; he had never
+ seen one like it before. How I managed to get back to the schooner and
+ live through the next five or six hours of agony I cannot tell. Twice I
+ fainted, and at times became delirious. The natives could do nothing for
+ me, but said that the pain would moderate before morning, especially if
+ the fish was dead. Had its fins struck into my foot instead of my hand I
+ should have died, they asserted; and then they told the mate and myself
+ that one day a mischievous boy who had speared one of these abominable
+ fish threw it at a young woman who was standing some distance away. It
+ struck her on the foot, the spines penetrating a vein, and the poor girl
+ died in terrible agony on the following day. By midnight the pain I was
+ enduring began to moderate, though my hand and arm were swollen to double
+ the proper size, and a splitting headache kept me awake till daylight. The
+ shock to the system affected me for quite a week afterward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ During many subsequent visits to the Marshall Group our crews were always
+ cautioned by the people of the various islands about eating fish or
+ shell-fish without submitting them to local examination. In the Radack
+ chain of this widely spread out archipelago we found that the lagoons were
+ comparatively free from poisonous fish, while the Ralick lagoons were
+ infested with them, quite 30 per cent, being highly dangerous at all times
+ of the year, and nearly 50 per cent at other seasons. Jaluit Lagoon was,
+ and is now, notorious for its poisonous fish. It is a curious fact that
+ fish of a species which you may eat with perfect safety, say, in the
+ middle of the month, will be pronounced by the expert natives to be
+ dangerous a couple of weeks later, and that in a &ldquo;school&rdquo; of pink rock
+ bream numbering many hundreds some may have their poison highly developed,
+ others in but a minor degree, whilst many may be absolutely free from the
+ taint. In the year 1889 the crew of a large German ship anchored in one of
+ the Marshall Islands caught some very large and handsome fish of the bream
+ kind, and the resident natives pronounced them &ldquo;good.&rdquo; Three or four days
+ later some more were taken, and the cook did not trouble to ask native
+ opinion. The result was that eight or nine men were taken seriously ill,
+ and for some time the lives of several were despaired of. Two of them had
+ not recovered the use of their hands and feet at the end of ten weeks, and
+ their faces, especially the eyes and mouth, seemed to be permanently,
+ though slightly distorted. All the men agreed in one particular, that at
+ midday they suffered most&mdash;agonising cramps, accompanied by shooting
+ pains in the head and continuous vomiting to the point of exhaustion,
+ these symptoms being very pronounced during the first week or eight days
+ after the fish had been eaten.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ That kind-hearted and unfortunate officer, Commodore J. G. Goodenough,
+ took an interest in the poisonous and stinging fish of the Pacific
+ Islands, and one day showed me, preserved in spirits of wine, a specimen
+ of the dreaded <i>no'u</i> fish of the Hervey Group&mdash;one of the most
+ repulsive-looking creatures it is possible to imagine out of a child's
+ fairy book. The deadly poison which this fish ejects is contained in a
+ series of sacs at the base of the spines, and the commodore intended to
+ submit it to an analyist. By a strange coincidence this gallant seaman a
+ few months afterwards died from the effects of a poisoned arrow shot into
+ his side by the natives of Nukapu, one of the Santa Cruz group of islands.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This <i>no'u</i> however, which is the <i>nofu</i> of the Samoans, and is
+ widely known throughout Polynesia, and Melanesia under different names,
+ does not disguise its deadly character under a beautiful exterior like the
+ stinging fish of Micronesia, which I have described above. The <i>nofu</i>
+ which is also met with on the coasts of Australia, is a devil undisguised,
+ and belongs to the angler family. Like the octopus or the death-adder (<i>Acanthopis
+ antarctica</i>) of Australia, he can assimilate his colour to his
+ environment. His hideous wrinkled head, with his staring goggle eyes, are
+ often covered with fine wavy seaweed, which in full-grown specimens
+ sometimes extends right down the back to the tail. From the top of the
+ upper jaw, along the back and sides, are scores of needle-pointed spines,
+ every one of which is a machine for the ejection of the venom contained at
+ the root. As the creature lies hidden in a niche of coral awaiting its
+ prey&mdash;it is a voracious feeder&mdash;it cannot be distinguished
+ except by the most careful scrutiny; then you may see that under the
+ softly waving and suspended piece of seaweed (as you imagine it to be)
+ there are fins and a tail. And, as the <i>nofu</i> has a huge mouth, which
+ is carefully concealed by a fringe of apparently harmless seaweed or other
+ marine growth, he snaps up every unfortunate small fish which comes near
+ him. In the Pacific Islands the <i>nofu</i> (<i>i.e.</i>, &ldquo;the waiting one
+ &ldquo;) is generally a dark brown, inclining to black, with splashes or
+ blotches of orange, or marbled red and grey. In Australian waters&mdash;I
+ have caught them in the Parramatta river, Port Jackson&mdash;they are
+ invariably either a dark brown or a horrid, dulled yellow.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Despite its poison-injecting apparatus this fish is eaten by the natives
+ of the Society, Hervey, and Paumotu groups of islands, in the South
+ Pacific, where its flesh is considered a delicacy. It is prepared for
+ cookery by being skinned, in which operation the venomous sacks are
+ removed. In 1882, when I was living on the island of Peru in the Gilbert
+ Group (the Francis Island of the Admiralty charts), a Chinese trader there
+ constantly caught them in the lagoon and ate them in preference to any
+ other fish. Here in Peru the <i>nofu</i> would bury itself in the soft
+ sand and watch for its prey, and could always be taken with a hook. And
+ yet in Eastern Polynesia and in the Equatorial Islands of the Pacific many
+ deaths have occurred through the sting of this fish, children invariably
+ succumbing to tetanus within twenty-four hours of being stung.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A little more about poisonous fish, <i>i.e.</i>, fish which at one time of
+ the year are good and palatable food and at others deadly. In the lagoon
+ island of Nukufetau (the &ldquo;De Peyster Island&rdquo; of the charts), where the
+ writer lived for twelve months, the fish both within the lagoon and
+ outside the barrier reef became highly poisonous at certain times of the
+ year. Flying-fish (which were never caught inside the lagoon) would be
+ safe to eat if taken on the lee side of the island, dangerous, or at least
+ doubtful, if taken on the weather side; <i>manini</i>, a small striped
+ fish much relished by the natives, would be safe to eat if caught on the
+ reef on the western side of the island, slightly poisonous if taken four
+ miles away on the inside shore of the eastern islets encompassing the
+ lagoon. Sharks captured outside the reef, if eaten, would produce symptoms
+ of poisoning&mdash;vomiting, excessive purging, and tetanus in a modified
+ form; if caught inside the reef and eaten no ill effects would follow.
+ Crayfish on one side of the lagoon were safe; three miles away they were
+ highly impregnated with this mysterious poison, the origin of which has
+ not yet been well defined by scientists.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <br /><br />
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of John Corwell, Sailor And Miner; and,
+Poisonous Fish, by Louis Becke
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN CORWELL, SAILOR AND ***
+
+***** This file should be named 24446-h.htm or 24446-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/4/4/24446/
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &ldquo;Project
+Gutenberg&rdquo;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&ldquo;the Foundation&rdquo;
+ or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; appears, or with which the phrase &ldquo;Project
+Gutenberg&rdquo; is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+&ldquo;Plain Vanilla ASCII&rdquo; or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original &ldquo;Plain Vanilla ASCII&rdquo; or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, &ldquo;Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.&rdquo;
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+&ldquo;Defects,&rdquo; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &ldquo;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&rdquo; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+ </body>
+</html>